the theory of function spaces with matrix weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · the...

133
The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko A DISSERTATION Submitted to Michigan State University in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Department of Mathematics 2002

Upload: others

Post on 10-Mar-2021

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights

By

Svetlana Roudenko

A DISSERTATION

Submitted to

Michigan State University

in partial fulfillment of the requirements

for the degree of

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Department of Mathematics

2002

Page 2: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

OF The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights

By

Svetlana Roudenko

AN ABSTRACT OF A DISSERTATION

Submitted to

Michigan State University

in partial fulfillment of the requirements

for the degree of

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Department of Mathematics

2002

Professor Michael Frazier

Page 3: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

ABSTRACT

The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights

By

Svetlana Roudenko

Nazarov, Treil and Volberg defined matrix Ap weights and extended the theory of

weighted norm inequalities on Lp to the case of vector-valued functions. We develop

some aspects of Littlewood-Paley function space theory in the matrix weight setting.

In particular, we introduce matrix-weighted homogeneous Besov spaces Bαqp (W ) and

matrix-weighted sequence Besov spaces bαqp (W ), as well as bαq

p ({AQ}), where the AQ ’s

are reducing operators for W . Under any of three different conditions on the weight

W , we prove the norm equivalences ‖~f ‖Bαqp (W ) ≈ ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαq

p (W ) ≈ ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) ,

where {~sQ}Q is the vector-valued sequence of ϕ-transform coefficients of ~f . In the

process, we note and use an alternate, more explicit characterization of the matrix

Ap class. Furthermore, we introduce a weighted version of almost diagonality and

prove that an almost diagonal matrix is bounded on bαqp (W ) if W is doubling. We

also obtain the boundedness of almost diagonal operators on Bαqp (W ) under any of

the three conditions on W . This leads to the boundedness of convolution and non-

convolution type Calderon-Zygmund operators (CZOs) on Bαqp (W ), in particular,

the Hilbert transform. We apply these results to wavelets to show that the above

Page 4: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

norm equivalence holds if the ϕ-transform coefficients are replaced by the wavelet

coefficients. Next we determine the duals of the homogeneous matrix-weighted Besov

spaces Bαqp (W ) and bαq

p (W ). If W is a matrix Ap weight, then the dual of Bαqp (W )

can be identified with B−αq′p′ (W−p′/p) and, similarly, [bαq

p (W )]∗ ≈ b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p).

Moreover, for certain W which may not be in Ap class, the duals of Bαqp (W ) and

bαqp (W ) are determined and expressed in terms of the Besov spaces B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) and

b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }), which we define in terms of reducing operators {AQ}Q associated with

W . We also develop the basic theory of these reducing operator Besov spaces. Fi-

nally, we construct inhomogeneous matrix-weighted Besov spaces Bαqp (W ) and show

that results corresponding to those above are true also for the inhomogeneous case.

Page 5: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to express my deep gratitude to my advisor Prof. Michael Frazier

for introducing the subject matter to me, for his encouragment and belief in me, for

the uncountable number of hours spent sharing his knowledge and discussing various

ideas, and for many useful comments and suggestions while examining my work. I

would also like to express my thanks to Prof.Alexander Volberg for helpful suggestions

and for sharing with me his enthusiasm for and appreciation of mathematics; to Prof.

Peter Yuditskii for fruitful discussions, his availability to help me and his respect; and

to Prof. Fedor Nazarov for conveying his sense of mathematical insight. I thank the

other members of my thesis committee: Prof. William Sledd and Prof. Joel Shapiro.

I would also like to thank Prof. Clifford Weil for introducing me to graduate analysis

and teaching me how to write it well and rigorously.

I would like to say a special thank you to D. Selahi Durusoy for motivation, help

and late night fruit snacks; to Dr. Mark McCormick for his valuable advice at the

beginning of my professional career; to Leo Larsson for helpful discussions as well as

suggestions in technical writing. I want to thank Rebecca Grill and Amy Himes for

their tremendous support throughout my graduate studies. I would also like to thank

Dr. Burak Ozbagci for his support and professional advice. Last but not least, I want

to thank Dr. HsingChi Wang and Dr. David Gebhard for their moral support, time

and help throughout various stages of my doctorate.

iv

Page 6: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 Introduction 11.1 History and Motivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Overview of the results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Notation and Definitions 16

3 Matrix Weights 183.1 The Ap metric and reducing operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183.2 Matrix Ap condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203.3 Two properties of operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213.4 The class Bp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213.5 δ -doubling measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243.6 δ -layers of the Bp class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.7 Doubling measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273.8 Bp implies the doubling property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293.9 An alternative characterization of the matrix Ap class . . . . . . . . . . 30

4 Boundedness of the ϕ-transform and Its Inverse on Matrix-WeightedBesov Spaces 33

4.1 Boundedness of the inverse ϕ-transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334.2 Decompositions of an exponential type function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404.3 Boundedness of the ϕ-transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414.4 Connection with reducing operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

5 Calderon-Zygmund Operators on Matrix-Weighted Besov Spaces 535.1 Almost diagonal operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.2 Calderon-Zygmund operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

6 Application to Wavelets 74

7 Duality 777.1 General facts on duality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777.2 Duality of sequence Besov spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777.3 Equivalence of sequence and discrete averaging Besov spaces . . . . . . . 837.4 Properties of averaging Lp spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877.5 Convolution estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

v

Page 7: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

7.6 Duality of continuous Besov spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957.7 Application of Duality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

8 Inhomogeneous Besov Spaces 1028.1 Norm equivalence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028.2 Almost diagonality and Calderon-Zygmund Operators . . . . . . . . . . . 1068.3 Duality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

9 Weighted Triebel-Lizorkin Spaces 1119.1 Motivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119.2 Equivalence of fαq

p (w) and fαqp ({wQ}) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

10 Open Questions 116

A Density and convergence 119

BIBLIOGRAPHY 124

vi

Page 8: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 1

Introduction

1.1 History and Motivation

Littlewood-Paley theory gives a unified perspective to the theory of function spaces.

Well-known spaces such as Lebesgue, Hardy, Sobolev, Lipschitz spaces, etc. are

special cases of either Besov spaces Bαqp (homogeneous), Bαq

p (inhomogeneous) or

Triebel-Lizorkin spaces Fαqp (homogeneous), Fαq

p (inhomogeneous) (e.g., see [T]).

These spaces are closely related to their discrete analogues: the sequence Besov spaces

bαqp , bαq

p and sequence Triebel-Lizorkin spaces fαqp , fαq

p ([FJ1], [FJW]). Among other

things, Littlewood-Paley theory provides alternate methods for studying singular in-

tegrals. The Hilbert transform, the classical example of a singular integral operator,

led to the extensive modern theory of Calderon-Zygmund operators, mostly studied

on the Lebesgue Lp spaces.

Motivated by the fundamental result of M. Riesz in the 1920s that the Hilbert

transform preserves Lp for 1 < p < ∞ , Hunt, Muckenhoupt and Wheeden showed

that the famous Ap condition on a weight w is the necessary and sufficient con-

dition for the Hilbert transform to be bounded on Lp(w) (1973, [HMW]). More

recent developments deal with matrix-weighted spaces where scalar methods simply

1

Page 9: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

could not be applied. In 1996 Treil and Volberg obtained the analogue of the Hunt-

Muckenhoupt-Wheeden condition for the matrix case when p = 2 ([TV1]). Soon

afterwards, Nazarov and Treil introduced in [NT] a new “Bellman function” method

to extend the theory to 1 < p < ∞ . In 1997 Volberg presented a different solution to

the matrix weighted Lp boundedness of the Hilbert transform via techniques related

to classical Littlewood-Paley theory ([V]).

The purpose of this dissertation is to extend some aspects of Littlewood-Paley

function space theory, previously obtained with no weights and partially for scalar

weights, to the matrix weight setting.

1.2 Overview of the results

We define a new generalized function space: the vector-valued homogeneous Besov

space Bαqp (W ) with matrix weight W . Let M be the cone of nonnegative definite

operators on a Hilbert space H of dimension m (consider H = Cm or Rm ), i.e., for

M ∈ M we have (Mx, x)H ≥ 0 for all x ∈ H . By definition, a matrix weight W is

an a.e. invertible map W : Rn →M . For a measurable ~g = (g1, ..., gm)T : Rn → H ,

let ‖~g‖Lp(W ) =

(∫

Rn

‖W 1/p(t)~g(t)‖pH dt

)1/p

. If the previous norm is finite, then

~g ∈ Lp(W ). We say that a function ϕ ∈ S(Rn) belongs to the class A of admissible

kernels if supp ϕ ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : 12≤ |ξ| ≤ 2} and |ϕ(ξ)| ≥ c > 0 if 3

5≤ |ξ| ≤ 5

3. Set

ϕν(x) = 2νnϕ(2νx) for ν ∈ Z .

Definition 1.1 (Matrix-weighted Besov space Bαqp (W )) For α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p <

∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞, ϕ ∈ A and W a matrix weight, the Besov space Bαqp (W ) is the

collection of all vector-valued distributions ~f = (f1, ..., fm)T with fi ∈ S ′/P(Rn), 1 ≤

2

Page 10: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

i ≤ m (the space of tempered distributions modulo polynomials) such that

‖~f ‖Bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥{

2να‖ϕν ∗ ~f ‖Lp(W )

∥∥∥lq

=∥∥∥{‖W 1/p · (ϕν ∗ ~f )‖Lp

∥∥∥lαq

< ∞,

where ϕν ∗ ~f = (ϕν ∗ f1, ..., ϕν ∗ fm)T .

The case p = ∞ is not of interest to us, since Bαq∞ (W ) = Bαq

∞ because of the

fact that L∞(W ) = L∞ . Since ϕ is directly involved in the definition of Bαqp (W ),

there seems to be a dependence on the choice of ϕ : Bαqp (W ) = Bαq

p (W,ϕ). Under

appropriate conditions on W , Theorem 1.8 below shows that this is not the case.

The space Bαqp (W ) is complete, as is discussed at the end of Section 4.4.

We also introduce the corresponding weighted sequence (discrete) Besov space

bαqp (W ):

Definition 1.2 (Matrix-weighted sequence Besov space bαqp (W )) For α ∈

R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and W a matrix weight, the space bαqp (W ) consists of

all vector-valued sequences ~s = {~sQ}Q , where ~sQ =(s(1)Q , ..., s

(m)Q

)T

, enumerated by

the dyadic cubes Q contained in Rn , such that

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12

(‖W 1/p(t)~sQ‖H)χQ(t)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(dt)

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

< ∞,

where |Q| is the Lebesgue measure of Q and l(Q) is the side length of Q.

For ν ∈ Z and k ∈ Zn , let Qνk be the dyadic cube {(x1, ..., xn) ∈ Rn : ki ≤2νxi < ki + 1, i = 1, ..., n} and xQ = 2−νk is the lower left corner of Qνk . Set

ϕQ(x) = |Q|−1/2ϕ(2νx − k) = |Q|1/2ϕν(x − xQ) for Q = Qνk . For each ~f with

fi ∈ S ′(Rn) we define the ϕ-transform Sϕ as the map taking ~f to the vector-valued

3

Page 11: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

sequence Sϕ(~f ) ={⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩}Q

={

(〈f1, ϕQ〉 , ..., 〈fm, ϕQ〉)T}

Qfor Q dyadic. We

call ~sQ(~f ) :=⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩the ϕ-transform coefficients of ~f .

The next question is motivated by the following results:

(i) Frazier and Jawerth ([FJ1], 1985) showed that, in the unweighted scalar case,

‖f‖Bαqp≈ ‖{sQ(f)}Q‖bαq

p,

where {sQ(f)}Q are the ϕ-transform coefficients. A similar equivalence holds if

{sQ(f)}Q are the wavelet coefficients {〈f, ψQ〉}Q of f with ψQ being smooth,

say, Meyer’s wavelets (see [M2]).

(ii) Nazarov, Treil and Volberg ([NT], 1996, [V], 1997) obtained

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Lp(W )≈

∥∥∥{⟨

~f, hQ

⟩}∥∥∥f02

p (W )if W ∈ Ap, (1.1)

where {hQ}Q is the Haar system and f 02p (W ) is the coefficient (sequence Triebel-

Lizorkin) space for Lp(W ). A particular case of (1.1), when m = 1 and w is a

scalar weight, is

‖f‖B022 (w) = ‖f ‖L2(w) ≈ ‖{〈f, hQ〉}‖f02

2 (w) = ‖{〈f, hQ〉}‖b022 (w),

where the first equality and the second equivalence hold if w ∈ A2 .

For our purposes we will use a condition on W that is equivalent to the matrix

Ap condition of [NT] (for the proof, refer to Section 3.2):

Lemma 1.3 Let W be a matrix weight, 1 < p < ∞, and let p′ be the conjugate of

p (1/p + 1/p′ = 1). Then

B

(∫

B

∥∥W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)∥∥p′ dt

|B|)p/p′

dx

|B| ≤ cp,n for every ball B ⊆ Rn

(1.2)

if and only if W ∈ Ap .

4

Page 12: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

In (1.2), ‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)‖ refers to the matrix (operator) norm.

The advantage of condition (1.2) is that it allows us to understand the Ap condition

in terms of matrices, avoiding metrics ρ , ρ∗ and their averagings as well as reducing

operators (for definitions and details refer to Section 3.2).

Our first result is the norm equivalence between the continuous matrix-weighted

Besov space Bαqp (W ) and the discrete matrix-weighted Besov space bαq

p (W ) under

the Ap condition:

Theorem 1.4 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 < p < ∞ and W ∈ Ap . Then

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

≈∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f

)}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

. (1.3)

In some cases, the Ap requirement on W can be relaxed. Recall that a scalar

measure µ is called doubling if there exists c > 0 such that for any δ > 0 and any

z ∈ Rn ,

µ(B2δ(z)) ≤ c µ(Bδ(z)), (1.4)

where Bδ(z) = {x ∈ Rn : |z − x| < δ} .

Definition 1.5 (Doubling matrix) A matrix weight W is called a doubling matrix

(of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞), if there exists a constant c = cp,n such that for any y ∈ H ,

any δ > 0 and any z ∈ Rn ,

B2δ(z)

‖W 1/p(t) y‖pH dt ≤ c

Bδ(z)

‖W 1/p(t) y‖pH dt, (1.5)

i.e., the scalar measure wy(t) = ‖W 1/p(t) y‖pH is uniformly doubling and not identi-

cally zero (a.e.). If c = 2β is the smallest constant for which (1.5) holds, then β is

called the doubling exponent of W .

5

Page 13: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

It is known that if W ∈ Ap , then wy is a scalar Ap weight for any y ∈ H and the

Ap constant is independent of y (for example, see [V]). This, in turn, implies that

wy is a scalar doubling measure (e.g., see [St2]) and the doubling constant is also

independent of y . Using decomposition techniques, we prove the equivalence (1.3)

under the doubling assumption on W with the restriction that p is large, and with

no restriction on p in the case when W is a diagonal matrix:

Theorem 1.6 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞, and let W be a doubling matrix

of order p with doubling exponent β . Suppose p > β . Then the norm equivalence

(1.3) holds. If W is diagonal, then (1.3) holds for all 1 ≤ p < ∞.

The case of a scalar weight is a particular case of the diagonal matrix weight case,

and thus, the equivalence (1.3) holds just under the doubling condition. This fact is

essentially known (see [FJ2] for the case of Fαqp ); it is proved here for purposes of

comparison and generalization to the diagonal matrix case.

Remark 1.7 One of the directions of the norm equivalence uses only the doubling

property of W with no restrictions (see Corollary 4.6), but the other direction requires

the stated assumptions on W (see Theorem 4.15). Furthermore, the first direction is

obtained from a more general norm estimate involving families of “smooth molecules”

(see Theorem 4.2).

Summarizing Theorems 1.4 and 1.6, the norm equivalence (1.3) holds under any

of the following conditions:

(A1) W ∈ Ap with 1 < p < ∞ ,

(A2) W is a doubling matrix of order p , 1 ≤ p < ∞ , with p > β , where β is the

doubling exponent of W ,

6

Page 14: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(A3) W is a diagonal doubling matrix of order p with 1 ≤ p < ∞ .

Now we will state the independence of the space Bαqp (W,ϕ) from ϕ :

Theorem 1.8 Let ~f ∈ Bαqp (W,ϕ(1)), ϕ(1) ∈ A, α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞,

and suppose any of (A1)-(A3) hold. Then for any ϕ(2) ∈ A,

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W,ϕ(1))

≈∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W,ϕ(2)).

If we use the language of reducing operators (see [V] or Section 3.2), we extend the

norm equivalence (1.3) to a different sequence space, namely bαqp ({AQ}). For each

dyadic cube Q , consider a reducing operator AQ corresponding to the Lp average

over Q of the norm ‖W 1/p · ‖H , i.e.,

‖AQ~u‖H ≈(

1

|Q|∫

Q

‖W 1/p(t)~u‖pH dt

)1/p

for all vector-valued sequences ~u . Note that the assumption that W is a.e. invertible

guarantees that each AQ is invertible. Define the sequence space bαqp ({AQ}) for

α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ as the space containing all vector-valued sequences

{~sQ}Q with

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12 (‖AQ~sQ‖H) χQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(dt)

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

< ∞.

Theorem 1.9 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Suppose W satisfies any of

(A1)-(A3). Then

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

≈∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

. (1.6)

In Chapter 5 we study operators on Bαqp (W ) by considering corresponding opera-

tors on bαqp (W ). In [FJW] it was shown that almost diagonal operators are bounded

on bαqp and, thus, on Bαq

p . In Section 5.1 we define a class of almost diagonal matrices

adαqp (β) for the weighted case and show the boundedness of these matrices on bαq

p (W )

if W is a doubling matrix weight:

7

Page 15: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Theorem 1.10 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞, and let W be a doubling matrix

of order p with doubling exponent β . Consider A ∈ adαqp (β). Then A : bαq

p (W ) −→bαqp (W ) is bounded.

We say that a continuous linear operator T : S → S ′ is almost diagonal, T ∈ADαq

p (β) , if for some pair of mutually admissible kernels (ϕ, ψ) (see (2.1), Section

2) the matrix (〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP )Q,P dyadic ∈ adαqp (β) (see Section 5.1). Combining the

boundedness of an almost diagonal matrix with the norm equivalence, we obtain the

boundedness of an almost diagonal operator on Bαqp (W ) under any of (A1)-(A3):

Corollary 1.11 Let T ∈ ADαqp (β), α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Then T is a

bounded operator on Bαqp (W ) if W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3).

In Section 5.2 we consider classical convolution and generalized non-convolution

Calderon-Zygmund operators (CZOs). The following criterion is used: if an operator

T maps “smooth atoms” into “smooth molecules” (see Sections 4.1 and 5.2 for defini-

tions), then T is almost diagonal (Lemma 5.13) and, therefore, bounded on Bαqp (W ).

To show this property for a CZO, the definition of a “smooth molecule” is modified

in order to compensate for the growth of the weight W (note the dependence of the

decay rate of the molecule on the doubling exponent β ), and, thus, more smoothness

of a CZO kernel is required (see Theorems 5.25 and 5.19). In particular, for example,

we obtain the boundedness of the Hilbert transform (when the underlying dimension

is n = 1) and the Riesz transforms (n ≥ 2) on Bαqp (W ) under any of the conditions

(A1)-(A3).

In Chapter 6 we apply the previous results to Meyer’s wavelets and Daubechies’

DN wavelets with N sufficiently large, to show that, instead of the ϕ-transform

coefficients, one can use the wavelet coefficients for the norm equivalence:

8

Page 16: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Theorem 1.12 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞ and let W satisfy any of

(A1)-(A3), then∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )≈

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

,

where{~sQ

(~f)}

Qare the wavelet coefficients of ~f .

The next goal (Chapter 7) is to determine the duals of the Besov function spaces

Bαqp (W ) and the corresponding sequence spaces bαq

p (W ) for α ∈ R , 0 < q < ∞ and

1 < p < ∞ .

To understand what properties of W are needed to identify dual spaces, we will

heavily use the technique of reducing operators (for definitions refer to Section 3.2

or [V]). In fact, instead of dealing with matrix weights, we consider a sequence of

matrices enumerated by dyadic cubes and establish properties of Besov spaces with

such sequences of matrix weights. Then, given a matrix W , its reducing operators

constitute such a sequence.

Denote by D the collection of dyadic cubes in Rn and for each Q ∈ D let AQ be

a positive-definite (thus, self-adjoint) operator on H . Also denote by RSD (reducing

sequences) the collection of all sequences {AQ}Q∈D of positive-definite operators on

H .

In Chapter 7 as a main tool and a useful object by itself, we define the space

Bαqp ({AQ}) with a sequence of discrete weights {AQ}Q :

Definition 1.13 (Averaging matrix-weighted Besov space Bαqp ({AQ})) For

α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞, {AQ}Q ∈ RSD and ϕ ∈ A, the Besov space

Bαqp ({AQ}) is the collection of all vector-valued distributions ~f = (f1, ..., fm)T with

fi ∈ S ′/P(Rn), 1 ≤ i ≤ m such that

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp ({AQ})

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

∥∥∥AQ · (ϕν ∗ ~f )∥∥∥H

χQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

< ∞.

9

Page 17: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

This space is well-defined (i.e., independent of ϕ ∈ A), see Corollary 7.10, if {AQ}Q

is a doubling matrix sequence defined as follows.

Definition 1.14 (Doubling sequence) We say {AQ}Q ∈ RSD is a (dyadic) dou-

bling sequence (of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞), if there exists β ≥ n and c ≥ 1 such that

for all P, Q dyadic

‖AQA−1P ‖p ≤ c

|P ||Q| max

(1,

[l(Q)

l(P )

]β)(

1 +dist (P, Q)

max(l(P ), l(Q))

. (1.7)

Observe that if (1.7) holds for some p , then it holds for 1 ≤ q < p , since the right-hand

side is ≥ 1.

Our main result of this chapter identifies the dual space of Bαqp (W ). For W ∈ Ap

the result can be expressed in terms of matrix weights. However, even for W /∈ Ap but

satisfying (A2) or (A3), we are able to characterize[Bαq

p (W )]∗

in terms of reducing

operators. Set 1p+ 1

p′ = 1 if 1 < p < ∞ and p′ = ∞ if p = 1; 1q+ 1

q′ = 1 if 1 < q < ∞and q′ = ∞ if 0 < q ≤ 1. It is important to emphasize our convention for the duality

pairing. In what follows, we say that a function space Y is a dual of a function space

X , X∗ ≈ Y , in the sense that each y ∈ Y defines an element ly of X∗ via the pairing

ly(x) = (x, y) =∫

Rn 〈x(t), y(t)〉 dt and every element of X∗ is of the kind ly for some

y ∈ Y with ‖ly‖ ≈ ‖y‖Y . (For example, [Lp(W )]∗ ≈ Lp′(W−p′/p), 1 < p < ∞ , with

the pairing (~f,~g ) =∫

Rn

⟨~f(t), ~g(t)

⟩dt ; refer to Section 7.2 for more details.)

Theorem 1.15 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞ and let {AQ}Q be reducing

operators of a matrix weight W .

If W ∈ Ap, 1 < p < ∞, then[Bαq

p (W )]∗≈ B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p). (1.8)

If W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3), then[Bαq

p (W )]∗≈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }).

(1.9)

10

Page 18: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(For the proof refer to Section 7.4.)

Next we identify the dual space of the sequence (discrete) Besov space bαqp (W ).

Recall that the connection between bαqp (W ) and Bαq

p (W ) is that ~f ∈ Bαqp (W ) if

and only if the appropriate wavelet coefficient sequence of ~f belongs to bαqp (W ).

Analogously to Bαqp ({AQ}) we introduce bαq

p ({AQ}).

Definition 1.16 (Averaging matrix-weighted discrete Besov space

bαqp ({AQ}).) For α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and {AQ}Q ∈ RSD , the

space bαqp ({AQ}) consists of all vector-valued sequences {~sQ}Q∈D such that

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12 (‖AQ~sQ‖H) χQ(t)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(dt)

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

=∥∥∥{AQ~sQ}Q

∥∥∥bαqp

< ∞.

If {AQ}Q is a sequence of reducing operators for a matrix weight W , then the

norm equivalence

bαqp (W ) ≈ bαq

p ({AQ}) (1.10)

holds for any matrix weight W , α ∈ R , 1 ≤ p < ∞ and 0 < q ≤ ∞ by Lemma 4.18.

Theorem 1.17 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞ and let {AQ}Q be reducing

operators of a matrix weight W . Then

[bαqp (W )

]∗≈ b−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }). (1.11)

Moreover, if W ∈ Ap , 1 < p < ∞, then

[bαqp (W )

]∗≈ b−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p). (1.12)

11

Page 19: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

The chapter 7 is organized as follows. In Section 7.2 we discuss the discrete Besov

space bαqp (W ). We use a “one at a time reduction” approach meaning we reduce the

space bαqp (W ) in the following order:

bαqp (W ) −→ bαq

p ({AQ}) −→ bαqp (Rm) −→ bαq

p (R1),

where the last two spaces are unweighted vector-valued and scalar-valued discrete

Besov spaces, and then identify the duals in the opposite order. A similar approach

is used for Bαqp (W ).

The fact that each AQ is constant on each dyadic cube Q allows us establish

[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗≈ b−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) (1.13)

for any {AQ}Q ∈ RSD , α ∈ R , 0 < q < ∞ , 1 ≤ p < ∞ . If AQ ’s are generated by a

matrix weight W , then combining (1.10) and (1.13), we get (1.11) of Theorem 1.17.

In order to connect b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) with b−αq′p′ ({A#

Q}) ≈ b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p) the matrix

Ap condition is needed, though only for one direction of the embedding; the other

direction is automatic. Thus, the following chain of the embeddings holds for bαqp (W ):

[bαqp (W )

]∗ any W≈[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗≈ b−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) Ap≈ b−αq′

p′ ({A#Q})

anyW≈ b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p). (1.14)

This completes the proof of Theorem 1.17.

In Section 7.3 we prove the norm equivalence between Bαqp ({AQ}) and bαq

p ({AQ})for any doubling sequence {AQ}Q . Note that if AQ ’s are generated by a matrix weight

W , then all that is required from the weight is the doubling condition. Compare this

with (A1)-(A3) conditions for the norm equivalence between the original matrix-

weighted spaces.

12

Page 20: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Theorem 1.18 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞ and {AQ}Q be a doubling

sequence (of order p). Then

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp ({AQ})

≈∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

.

In Section 7.4 we establish the correspondence between the continuous Besov

spaces Bαqp (W ) and Bαq

p ({AQ}).

Lemma 1.19 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 1 ≤ p < ∞. If W satisfies any of

(A1)-(A3) and {AQ}Q is a sequence of reducing operators generated by W , then

Bαqp (W ) ≈ Bαq

p ({AQ}).

For one direction of the above equivalence it suffices to have W doubling.

In Section 7.6 it is shown that if {AQ}Q is a doubling sequence of order p , 1 ≤p < ∞ , then

[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗≈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }). (1.15)

Using the above duality and equivalence, we get the following chain:

[Bαqp (W )]∗

(1)≈ [Bαqp ({AQ})]∗ ≈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) Ap≈ B−αq′

p′ ({A#Q})

(4)≈ B−αq′p′ (W−p′/p), (1.16)

where the equivalences (1) and (4) hold if W and W−p′/p , respectively, satisfy any

of (A1)-(A3). The third equivalence holds under the Ap condition, however, the Ap

condition is needed only for one direction of the embedding. This proves Theorem

1.15.

So far we have dealt only with homogeneous spaces. However, for a number of

applications it is necessary to consider the inhomogeneous distribution spaces (e.g.,

localized Hardy spaces Hploc = F 02

p , 0 < p < ∞ , in particular, H2loc = B02

2 , see [Go]).

13

Page 21: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

In Chapter 8 we “transfer” the theory developed up until now to the inhomogeneous

Besov spaces. The main difference is that instead of considering all dyadic cubes,

we consider only the ones with side length l(Q) ≤ 1, and the properties of func-

tions corresponding to l(Q) = 1 are slightly changed. Modifying the definitions of

the ϕ-transform and smooth molecules, we show that all the statements from the

homogeneous case are essentially the same for the inhomogeneous spaces.

In Chapter 9 we study another class of function spaces - scalar weighted Triebel-

Lizorkin spaces. As a starting point of this part we establish the norm equivalence

between the scalar weighted Triebel-Lizorkin space Fαqp (w) and the averaging scalar

weighted sequence Triebel-Lizorkin space fαqp ({wQ}) (see definitions below) if w ∈

A∞ (see Chapter 3).

Definition 1.20 (scalar-weighted Triebel-Lizorkin space Fαqp (w)) For α ∈

R, 0 < p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞, ϕ ∈ A and w a scalar weight, the Triebel-Lizorkin space

Fαqp (w) is the collection of all distributions f ∈ S ′/P(Rn) such that

‖f‖F αqp (w) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥

(∑

ν∈Z(2να|ϕν ∗ f |)q

)1/q∥∥∥∥∥∥

Lp(w)

< ∞,

where the lq -norm is replaced by the supremum on ν if q = ∞.

This space is well-defined if w is a doubling measure (see [FJ2]).

Definition 1.21 (scalar weighted sequence Triebel-Lizorkin space fαqp (w))

For α ∈ R, 0 < p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and w a scalar weight, the Triebel-Lizorkin

space fαqp (w) is the collection of all sequences {sQ}Q∈D such that

‖{sQ}Q‖fαqp (w) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥

(∑Q∈D

(|Q|−α

n− 1

2 sQχQ

)q)1/q

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(w)

< ∞,

where the lq -norm is again replaced by the supremum on ν if q = ∞.

14

Page 22: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Definition 1.22 (averaging scalar weighted sequence Triebel-Lizorkin

space fαqp ({wQ}).) For α ∈ R, 0 < p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and {wQ}Q∈D a sequence

of non-negative numbers, the Triebel-Lizorkin space fαqp ({wQ}) is the collection of all

sequences {sQ}Q∈D such that

‖{sQ}Q‖fαqp ({wQ}) = ‖{w1/p

Q sQ}Q‖fαqp

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

(∑Q∈D

(|Q|−α

n− 1

2 w1/pQ sQχQ

)q)1/q

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

< ∞,

where the lq -norm is again replaced by the supremum on ν if q = ∞.

Appendix contains several proofs on convergence and density.

15

Page 23: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 2

Notation and Definitions

Let z ∈ Rn . Recall that B(z, δ) = {x ∈ Rn : |z− x| < δ} ≡ Bδ(z). If the center z of

the ball is not essential, we will write Bδ for simplicity. In further notation, < V >B

means the average of V over the set B :1

|B|∫

B

V (t) dt . Denote Wν(t) = W (2−νt)

for ν ∈ Z .

For each admissible ϕ ∈ A , there exists ψ ∈ A (see e.g. [FJW, p.54]) such that

ν∈Zϕ(2νξ) · ψ(2νξ) = 1, if ξ 6= 0. (2.1)

A pair (ϕ, ψ) with ϕ, ψ ∈ A and the property (2.1) will be referred to as a pair of

mutually admissible kernels.

Similarly to ϕQ , define ψQ(x) = |Q|−1/2ψ(2νx − k) for Q = Qνk . The inverse

ϕ-transform Tψ is the map taking a sequence s = {sQ}Q to Tψs =∑

Q sQψQ . In the

vector case, Tψ~s =∑

Q ~sQψQ , where ~sQψQ = (s(1)Q ψQ, ..., s

(m)Q ψQ)T . The ϕ-transform

decomposition (see [FJ2] for more details) states that for all f ∈ S ′/P ,

f =∑

Q

〈f, ϕQ〉ψQ =:∑Q

sQψQ. (2.2)

In other words, Tψ ◦ Sϕ is the identity on S ′/P . Observe that if ϕ(x) = ϕ(−x)

(note that ϕ ∈ A), then sQ = 〈f, ϕQ〉 = |Q|1/2(ϕν ∗ f)(2−νk).

16

Page 24: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

In order to establish the connection between matrix weighted Besov spaces and

averaging Besov spaces in Chapter 7, we introduce an auxiliary Lp -space:

Definition 2.1 (Averaging space Lp({AQ}, ν)) For ν ∈ Z, 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ and

{AQ}Q ∈ RSD , the space Lp({AQ}, ν) consists of all vector-valued locally integrable

functions ~f such that

‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

χQ(t) AQ~f(t)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(dt)

< ∞.

Note that∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p ({AQ})=

∥∥∥∥{

2να∥∥∥ϕν ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp({AQ},ν)

}

ν

∥∥∥∥lq

.

To make notation short, define Qν = {Q ∈ D : l(Q) = 2−ν} .

17

Page 25: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 3

Matrix Weights

3.1 The Ap metric and reducing operators

Let t ∈ Rn . Consider the family of norms ρt : H −→ R+ . Then the dual norm ρ∗ is

given by

ρ∗t (x) = supy 6=0

|(x, y)|ρt(y)

.

Following [V] (or [NT], [TV1]), we introduce the norms ρp,B through the averagings

of the metrics ρt over a ball B

ρp,B(x) =

(1

|B|∫

B

[ρt(x)]p dt

)1/p

.

Similarly, for the dual norm

ρ∗p′,B(x) =

(1

|B|∫

B

[ρ∗t (x)]p′dt

)1/p′

.

Definition 3.1 (Ap - metric) The metric ρ is an Ap -metric, 1 < p < ∞, if

ρ∗p′,B ≤ C (ρp,B)∗ for every ball B ⊆ Rn. (3.1)

The condition (3.1) is equivalent to

ρp,B ≤ C (ρ∗p′,B)∗ for every ball B ⊆ Rn,

18

Page 26: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

which means that ρ∗ is an Ap′ -metric.

If ρ is a norm on H , then there exists a positive operator A , which is called a

reducing operator of ρ , such that

ρ(x) ≈ ‖Ax‖ for all x ∈ H.

For details we refer the reader to [V]. Let AB be a reducing operator for ρp,B , and

A#B for ρ∗p′,B . Then, in the language of the reducing operators, the condition (3.1) for

the Ap class is

‖A#B AB‖ ≤ C < ∞ for every ball B ⊆ Rn. (3.2)

Proof. Since ρ∗p′,B(x) ≈ ‖A#Bx‖ and (ρp,B)∗(x) = sup

y 6=0

|(x, y)|ρp,B(y)

, (3.3) implies

‖A#Bx‖ ≤ c sup

y 6=0

|(x, y)|‖AB y‖ = c sup

z 6=0

|(x,A−1B z)|

‖z‖ , where z = AB y.

Since A−1B is self-adjoint,

‖A#Bx‖ ≤ c sup

z 6=0

|(A−1B x, z)|‖z‖ = c ‖A−1

B x‖.

With u = A−1B x , we obtain

‖A#B ABu‖ ≤ c ‖u‖, or ‖A#

B AB‖ ≤ c.

¥

Note that the opposite inequality ‖(A#Q AQ)−1‖ ≤ c holds always as a simple

consequence of Holder’s inequality: for any x , y ∈ H we have

|(x, y)| ≤(∫

Q

‖W 1/p(t) x‖p dt

|Q|)1/p (∫

Q

‖W−1/p(t) y‖p′ dt

|Q|)1/p′

≈ ‖AQ x‖ ‖A#Q y‖,

which implies ‖AQ x‖ ≥ c ‖(A#Q)−1 x‖ for any x ∈ H and, thus, the above statement

follows.

19

Page 27: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

3.2 Matrix Ap condition

The particular case of norms ρt , we will be interested from now on, is

ρt(x) = ‖W 1/p(t) x‖, x ∈ H, t ∈ Rn.

Then the dual metric ρ∗t is given by

ρ∗t (x) = supy 6=0

|(x, y)|ρt(y)

= ‖W−1/p(t) x‖.

Definition 3.2 (Matrix Ap weight) For 1 < p < ∞, we say that a matrix weight

W is an Ap matrix weight if there exists C < ∞ such that for every ball B ⊆ Rn

ρ∗p′,B ≤ C (ρp,B)∗, (3.3)

where both averaging metrics are generated by W , i.e.,

ρp,B(x) =

(1

|B|∫

B

‖W 1/p(t) x‖p dt

)1/p

and

ρ∗p′,B(x) =

(1

|B|∫

B

‖W−1/p(t) x‖p′ dt

)1/p′

.

Remark 3.3 If p = 2, the condition A2 simplifies significantly:

‖ < W >1/2B < W−1 >

1/2B ‖ ≤ C for every ball B ⊆ Rn. (3.4)

Proof.

[ρp,B(x)]2 =

B

‖W 1/2(t) x‖2 dt

|B| =

B

(W (t) x, x)dt

|B|= (< W >B x, x) = ‖ < W >

1/2B x‖2.

This means that a reducing operator AB can be chosen explicitly as < W >1/2B .

Similarly, ρ∗p′,B(x) = ‖ < W−1 >1/2B x‖ and, thus, A#

B ≈< W−1 >1/2B . Therefore,

(3.4) follows from (3.2). ¥

20

Page 28: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Remark 3.4 If w is a scalar weight, the condition Ap is the celebrated Muckenhoupt

Ap condition:

(∫

B

w(t) dt

)1/p (∫

B

w−p′/p(t) dt

)1/p′

≤ c for every ball B ⊆ Rn. (3.5)

Denote wx(t) = ‖W 1/p(t) x‖p and w∗x(t) = ‖W−1/p(t) x‖p′ . Similarly, w(t) =

‖W 1/p(t)‖p and w∗(t) = ‖W−1/p(t)‖p′ . Sometimes it is more convenient to work

with these families of scalar-valued measures.

3.3 Two properties of operators

Observe the following two useful facts. First, if P and Q are two selfadjoint operators

in a normed space, then

‖PQ‖ = ‖(PQ)∗‖ = ‖Q∗P ∗‖ = ‖QP‖. (3.6)

Thus, the operators can be commuted as long as we deal with norms.

Second, we need the following lemma:

Lemma 3.5 (Norm lemma) If {e1, . . . , em} is any orthonormal basis in a Hilbert

space H , then for any linear operator V : H → H and r > 0,

‖V ‖r ≈(r,m)

m∑i=1

‖V ei‖rH.

Proof. With xi = (x, ei)H , we get ‖V ‖r = sup‖x‖≤1

‖Vm∑

i=1

xiei‖rH

≤ cr sup‖x‖≤1

m∑i=1

|xi|r‖V ei‖rH ≤ cr

m∑i=1

‖V ei‖rH ≤ crm ‖V ‖r . ¥

3.4 The class Bp

Definition 3.6 For 1 < p < ∞ the class Bp is the collection of all matrix weights

W so that for a given fixed 0 < δ < 1 there exists a constant c = cδ,p,n such that for

21

Page 29: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

any z ∈ Rn and any ν ∈ Z the following inequality holds

Bδ(z)

(∫

Bδ(z)

∥∥W 1/pν (x)W−1/p

ν (t)∥∥p′ dt

|Bδ|)p/p′

dx

|Bδ| ≤ cδ,p,n, (3.7)

where Wν(t) = W (2−νt).

This condition seems to be dependent on the choice of δ , though it is not the fact.

Proof. By changing variables we write (3.7) as

B2−νδ(2−νz)

(∫

B2−νδ(2−νz)

∥∥W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)∥∥p′ dt

|B2−νδ|

) pp′

dx

|B2−νδ|≤ cδ,p,n.

(3.8)

Let ε > 0. Then there exists ν0 ∈ Z such that 2−(ν0+1)δ ≤ ε < 2−ν0δ . The following

three simple observations will show that (3.7) is independent of δ .

1. B2−(ν0+1)δ(z) ⊆ Bε(z) ⊆ B2−ν0δ(z),

2. |B2−ν0δ| = 2n|B2−(ν0+1)δ| ,

3.1

2n

B2−(ν0+1)δ

...dt

|B2−(ν0+1)δ|≤

...dt

|Bε| ≤ 2n

B2−ν0δ

...dt

|B2−ν0δ|.

¥

Hence, the definition of the Bp class is equivalent to the following one:

Definition 3.7 The class Bp , 1 < p < ∞, is the collection of all matrix weights W

so that there exists a constant c = cp,n such that for any z ∈ Rn and any ε > 0 the

inequality (1.2) holds, i.e.,

Bε(z)

(∫

Bε(z)

∥∥W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)∥∥p′ dt

|Bε|)p/p′

dx

|Bε| ≤ cp,n. (3.9)

Remark 3.8 It is also convenient to write condition (3.9) in terms of metrics ρ and

ρ∗ :

Bε(z)

(∫

Bε(z)

supy 6=0

[ρ∗t (y)

ρ∗x(y)

]p′dt

|Bε|

)p/p′dx

|Bε| ≤ cp,n, (3.10)

22

Page 30: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

or

Bε(z)

(∫

Bε(z)

supy 6=0

[ρx(y)

ρt(y)

]p′dt

|Bε|

)p/p′dx

|Bε| ≤ cp,n. (3.11)

Proof. We will show only (3.10), since (3.11) uses the same argument. The

left-hand side of (3.10) is equal to

Bε(z)

(∫

Bε(z)

supy 6=0

‖W−1/p(t)y‖p′

‖W−1/p(x)y‖p′dt

|Bε|)p/p′

dx

|Bε| .

Let u = W−1/p(x) y , then the last expression is

Bε(z)

(∫

Bε(z)

supu6=0

‖W−1/p(t)W 1/p(x)u‖p′

‖u‖p′dt

|Bε|)p/p′

dx

|Bε|

=

Bε(z)

(∫

Bε(z)

‖W−1/p(t)W 1/p(x)‖p′ dt

|Bε|)p/p′

dx

|Bε| ,

which is (3.9), by (3.6). ¥

Remark 3.9 Similarly, (3.7) can be written in terms of metrics ρ and ρ∗ :

Bδ(z)

Bδ(z)

supy 6=0

[ρ∗(2−νt)(y)

ρ∗(2−νx)(y)

]p′dt

|Bδ|

p/p′

dx

|Bδ| ≤ cδ,p,n for any ν ∈ Z,

(3.12)

or

Bδ(z)

(∫

Bδ(z)

supy 6=0

[ρ(2−νx)(y)

ρ(2−νt)(y)

]p′dt

|Bδ|

)p/p′dx

|Bδ| ≤ cδ,p,n for any ν ∈ Z.

(3.13)

Proof. We will show only (3.12), since (3.13) uses the same argument. The

condition (3.12) is equal to

Bδ(z)

(∫

Bδ(z)

supy 6=0

‖W−1/pν (t)y‖p′

‖W−1/pν (x)y‖p′

dt

|Bδ|

)p/p′dx

|Bδ| .

23

Page 31: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Let u = W−1/pν (x) y , then the last expression is

Bδ(z)

(∫

Bδ(z)

supu6=0

‖W−1/pν (t)W

1/pν (x)u‖p′

‖u‖p′dt

|Bδ|

)p/p′dx

|Bδ|

=

Bδ(z)

(∫

Bδ(z)

‖W−1/pν (t)W 1/p

ν (x)‖p′ dt

|Bδ|)p/p′

dx

|Bδ| ,

which is (3.7), by (3.6). ¥

With the help of the Norm Lemma, we observe

< w >B=

B

‖W 1/p(t)‖p dt

|B| ≈∫

B

max1≤i≤m

‖W 1/p(t)ei‖p dt

|B|

≈ max1≤i≤m

B

[ρt(ei)]p dt

|B| = max1≤i≤m

[ρp,B(ei)]p ≈ ‖ρp,B‖p.

The last equivalence can also be viewed in terms of reducing operators

< w∗ >B=

B

‖W 1/p(t)‖p dt

|B| ≈ max1≤i≤m

‖ABei‖p ≈ ‖AB‖p.

Similarly, the dual metrics

B

‖W−1/p(t)‖p′ dt

|B| ≈ max1≤i≤m

‖ρ∗p′,B(ei)‖p′ ≈ ‖ρ∗p′,B‖p′ ≈ ‖A∗B‖p′ .

3.5 δ-doubling measures

First, recall that a scalar measure µ is called doubling, if there exists c > 0 such that

for any δ > 0 and any z ∈ Rn the inequality (1.4) holds, i.e.,

µ(B2δ(z)) ≤ c µ(Bδ(z)).

If the above inequality holds only for a specific δ > 0, then we say µ is δ -doubling.

Definition 3.10 Fix y ∈ H . Then wy(t) = ‖W 1/p(t)y‖p is a scalar valued δ -

doubling measure (of order p), 1 ≤ p < ∞, if there exists δ > 0 and a constant

c = cδ,p,n such that for any z ∈ Rn

wy(B2δ(z)) ≤ cwy(Bδ(z)). (3.14)

24

Page 32: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Remark 3.11 Note that if wy(t) is δ -doubling of order p for any y ∈ H , then

w(t) = ‖W 1/p(t)‖p is also a scalar-valued δ -doubling measure of order p.

Proof. Since (3.14) is true for any ei - an orthonormal basis vector of H , we

havem∑

i=1

B2δ

‖W 1/p(t)ei‖p dt ≤ c

m∑i=1

‖W 1/p(t)ei‖p dt.

By the Norm Lemma, this inequality is equivalent to

B2δ

‖W 1/p(t)‖p dt ≤ c

‖W 1/p(t)‖p dt.

¥

The reverse of the previous remark is not always true.

3.6 δ-layers of the Bp class

Lemma 3.12 Fix δ > 0. Suppose that the condition (3.7) or, equivalently, (3.12)

is true for ν = −1. Then w∗y(t) = ‖W−1/p(t)y‖p′ is a δ -doubling measure for any

y ∈ H .

Proof. By Holder’s inequality

2−n =|Bδ||B2δ| =

B2δ

χBδ(t)

dt

|B2δ| =

B2δ

χBδ(t)

ρ∗t (y)

ρ∗t (y)

dt

|B2δ|

≤(∫

B2δ

χBδ(t)[ρ∗t (y)]p

′ dt

|B2δ|)1/p′ (∫

B2δ

1

[ρ∗x(y)]pdx

|B2δ|)1/p

=

[w∗

y(Bδ)

|B2δ|]1/p′ (∫

B2δ

1

[ρ∗x(y)]pdx

|B2δ|)1/p

=

[w∗

y(Bδ)

w∗y(B2δ)

]1/p′ (∫

B2δ

[ρ∗t (y)]p′ dt

|B2δ|)1/p′ (∫

B2δ

1

[ρ∗x(y)]pdx

|B2δ|)1/p

.

25

Page 33: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Raising to the pth power both sides of the previous chain and specifying z as a center

of both balls Bδ and B2δ , we get

2−np =

( |Bδ||B2δ|

)p

≤[

w∗y(Bδ(z))

w∗y(B2δ(z))

]p/p′

·∫

B2δ(z)

(∫

B2δ(z)

[ρ∗t (y)

ρ∗x(y)

]p′dt

|B2δ|

)p/p′dx

|B2δ|

=

[w∗

y(Bδ(z))

w∗y(B2δ(z))

]p/p′

·∫

Bδ(z/2)

(∫

Bδ(z/2)

[ρ∗2t(y)

ρ∗2x(y)

]p′dt

|Bδ|

)p/p′dx

|Bδ|

≤ cδ,p,n

[w∗

y(Bδ(z))

w∗y(B2δ(z))

]p/p′

,

by the Bp condition in terms of metrics (3.12) with ν = −1.

Simplifying the last chain, we get

w∗y(B2δ(z)) ≤ (2np′ · c p′/p

δ,p,n) w∗y(Bδ(z)), (3.15)

i.e., w∗y is a δ -doubling measure. ¥

Remark 3.13 Repeating the same argument, it can be shown that wy is also a δ -

doubling measure.

Proof. The proof is similar to the previous one, thougn the splitting of the initial

equality is slightly tricky. So, by Holder’s inequality

2−np =

( |Bδ||B2δ|

)p

=

(∫

B2δ(z)

χBδ(z)(t)dt

|B2δ|)p

=

(∫

B2δ(z)

χBδ(z)(t)ρt(y)

ρt(y)

dt

|B2δ|)p

≤(∫

B2δ(z)

χBδ(z)(t)[ρx(y)]pdx

|B2δ|)(∫

B2δ(z)

1

[ρt(y)]p′dt

|B2δ|)p/p′

=

[wy(Bδ(z))

|B2δ|](∫

B2δ(z)

1

[ρt(y)]p′dt

|B2δ|)p/p′

=

[wy(Bδ(z))

wy(B2δ(z))

](∫

B2δ(z)

[ρx(y)]pdx

|B2δ|)(∫

B2δ(z)

1

[ρt(y)]p′dt

|B2δ|)p/p′

=

[wy(Bδ(z))

wy(B2δ(z))

] ∫

Bδ(z/2)

(∫

Bδ(z/2)

[ρ2x(y)

ρ2t(y)

]p′dt

|Bδ|

)p/p′dx

|Bδ| ≤ cδ,p,n

[wy(Bδ(z))

wy(B2δ(z))

],

26

Page 34: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

by the Bp condition in terms of metrics (3.13) with ν = −1.

Simplifying, we get

wy(B2δ(z)) ≤ (2np · cδ,p,n) wy(Bδ(z)), (3.16)

i.e., wy is a δ -doubling measure. ¥

Generalizing the previous lemmas, we get

Corollary 3.14 Fix δ > 0. Then w∗ν,y(t) := ‖W−1/p

ν (t)y‖p′ and wν,y(t) :=

‖W 1/pν (t) y‖p are δ -doubling measures for any y ∈ H , if the condition (3.7) or, equiv-

alently, (3.12) holds for ν − 1.

Proof. Let V (t) = Wν(t), then V−1(t) = Wν−1(t), and so (3.7) holds for V

with ν = −1. Applying previous lemma (3.12) to u∗y(t) := ‖V −1/p(t)y‖p′ , we get

u∗y is δ -doubling, or, u∗y(t) = ‖V −1/p(t)y‖p′ = ‖W−1/pν (t)y‖p′ = w∗

ν,y(t) is δ -doubling.

Analogous proof applies to wν,y . ¥

So each “layer” of the Bp condition implies δ -doubling property of the scalar-

valued measures generated by the matrix weight W . Anticipating further results,

one can predict that the whole Bp class will imply a standard doubling property.

3.7 Doubling measures

Let W be a doubling matrix of order p , i.e., (1.5) holds for any y ∈ H , δ > 0 and

z ∈ Rn . For p = 2 this simplifies to

B2δ

W (t) dt ≤ c

W (t) dt (3.17)

for a given δ , where the inequality is understood in the sense of selfadjoint operators.

27

Page 35: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Remark 3.15 Note that ‖W 1/p(t)‖p is independent of p. If wy(t) = ‖W 1/p(t) y‖pH

is doubling of order p for any y ∈ H , then w(t) = ‖W 1/p(t)‖p is also a scalar-valued

doubling measure.

Proof. Fix t ∈ Rn . Then there exist a unitary matrix U and a diagonal matrix

Λ such that W (t) = U Λ U−1 , and so W 1/p(t) = U Λ1/p U−1 . Moreover, since the

norm of a positive diagonal matrix is the largest eigenvalue, say λ0 , ‖W 1/p(t)‖ = λ1/p0

and, hence, ‖W 1/p(t)‖p = λ0 , regardless of what p is.

Now, since (1.5) is true with y = ei - any orthonormal basis vector of H , by the

Norm Lemma we get the second assertion:

B2δ

‖W 1/p(t)‖p dt ≈m∑

i=1

B2δ

‖W 1/p(t)ei‖p dt

≤ c

m∑i=1

‖W 1/p(t)ei‖p dt ≈ c

‖W 1/p(t)‖p dt.

¥

The doubling property of w(t) = ‖W 1/p(t)‖p is not very helpful if one wants to

understand the nature of W ; it only tells us how large the weight is, not how it is

distributed in different directions. Therefore, we use the definition of doubling matrix

in (1.5), which involves different directions of y ∈ H .

Remark 3.16 In the scalar case, (1.5) gives the standard doubling measure:

B2δ

w(t)|y|p dt ≤ c

w(t)|y|p dt,

and if y 6= 0, then w(B2δ) ≤ cw(Bδ). In particular, there is no dependence on p in

the scalar situation.

Similar definitions for doubling weights (of order p′ ) can be analogously given for

the “dual” measure w∗y(t) = ‖W−1/p(t)y‖p′ .

28

Page 36: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Remark 3.17 The doubling property (1.4) is equivalent to

µ(F )

µ(E)≤ c

( |F ||E|

)β/n

, (3.18)

where F is a ball (or a cube) and E ⊆ F is a sub-ball (or a sub-cube) (not any subset

of F ; any subset would be equivalent to the A∞ condition, see the end of Section 3.9,

also [St2]).

Proof. Since E ⊆ F , there exists j ∈ N such that 2jE ≈ F , i.e., l(F ) ≈ 2jl(E).

Since µ is doubling, by (1.4) we haveµ(F )

µ(E)≤ cj ≈ clog2

l(F )l(E) . Noticing that

|F ||E| =

[l(F )

l(E)

]n

, we get (3.18). ¥

In further estimates, it is more convenient to use (3.18) instead of (1.4).

Observe that the doubling exponent of the Lebesgue measure in Rn is β = n ;

moreover, if µ is any nonzero doubling measure in Rn , then β(µ) ≥ n .

It is a trivial fact that if W is a doubling matrix weight (of order p), then a

reducing operator sequence {AQ}Q , generated by W , is a doubling sequence (of

order p). (Recall the definition 1.14.)

3.8 Bp implies the doubling property

Corollary 3.18 Let W ∈ Bp . Then w∗ν,y(t) = ‖W−1/p

ν (t)y‖p′ and wν,y(t) =

‖W 1/pν (t)y‖p are doubling measures for any y ∈ H and any ν ∈ Z.

Proof. First, by the Lemma (3.14) w∗ν,y(t) and wν,y(t) are δ -doubling for any ν .

Second, if W ∈ Bp , then Wν satisfies (3.7) for all ν ∈ Z and a given 0 < δ < 1. But

we know that the Bp class is independent of the choice of δ , which means w∗ν,y(t) and

wν,y(t) are δ -doubling measures for any δ . Therefore, the corollary follows trivially.

¥

29

Page 37: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Lemma 3.19 Let x ∈ H and W ∈ Ap . Then vx(t) := ‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)‖p′ =

‖W−1/p(t)W 1/p(x)‖p′ is a doubling measure, i.e., there exists a constant c such that

for any δ > 0

B2δ

‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)‖p′dt ≤ c

‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)‖p′dt. (3.19)

Proof. Applying the Norm Lemma to the operator norm in the left-hand side,

we obtain

vx(t) ≈m∑

i=1

‖W−1/p(t)W 1/p(x)ei‖p′ =m∑

i=1

‖W−1/p(t)yi(x)‖p′ =m∑

i=1

w∗yi(x)(t),

where yi(x) = W 1/p(x)ei . Then

vx(B2δ) ≈m∑

i=1

B2δ

w∗yi(x)(t) dt ≤

m∑i=1

c

w∗yi(x)(t) dt ≤ c vx(Bδ),

since w∗y is doubling (W−p′/p ∈ Ap′ ). ¥

3.9 An alternative characterization of the matrix

Ap class

or What is the Bp condition indeed?

Now we are ready to reveal what the class Bp really is, or, in other words, we give

a proof of the equivalence of condition (3.9), or (1.2), to the Ap condition.

Proof of Lemma 1.3. By property (3.6) and the Norm Lemma

B

(∫

B

∥∥W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)∥∥p′ dt

|B|)p/p′

dx

|B|

=

B

(∫

B

∥∥W−1/p(t)W 1/p(x)∥∥p′ dt

|B|)p/p′

dx

|B|

≈∫

B

(∫

B

m∑i=1

∥∥W−1/p(t)W 1/p(x)ei

∥∥p′ dt

|B|

)p/p′dx

|B|

30

Page 38: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

≈m∑

i=1

B

(∫

B

[ρ∗t (W

1/p(x) ei)]p′ dt

|B|)p/p′

dx

|B| =m∑

i=1

B

[ρ∗p′,B(W 1/p(x) ei)

]p dx

|B| .

Now, in terms of the reducing operators, the last expression is equivalent to

m∑i=1

B

∥∥∥A#B(W 1/p(x) ei)

∥∥∥p dx

|B| ≈∫

B

∥∥∥A#B W 1/p(x)

∥∥∥p dx

|B|

≈m∑

i=1

B

∥∥∥W 1/p(x)(A#B ei)

∥∥∥p dx

|B| ≈m∑

i=1

[ρp,B(A#

B ei)]p

≈m∑

i=1

∥∥∥AB(A#B ei)

∥∥∥p

≈∥∥∥AB A#

B

∥∥∥p

.

Therefore, (1.2) is equivalent to∥∥∥A#

B AB

∥∥∥p

≤ c , i.e., the Ap condition. ¥

Thus, the Bp class is nothing else but the matrix Ap class. Therefore, we will

not use the notation Bp anymore, though it was useful to understand what layers

this class consists of (as well as Ap ) and that each layer implies a certain doubling

property.

Remark 3.20 Rephrasing Corollary 3.18, we obtain that Ap implies doubling.

Moreover, if W ∈ Ap , then by (3.16) W is the doubling matrix weight of order p

and the doubling exponent β ≤ np + log2 cp,n = p

(n +

log2 cp,n

p

), where cp,n is the

constant in (1.2).

Also W ∈ Ap implies that the “dual” weight W−p′/p is a doubling matrix of order

p′ with the doubling exponent β′ ≤ p′(

n +log2 cp,n

p

)by using (3.15), where again

cp,n is the constant from (1.2).

Corollary 3.21 (Symmetry of matrix Ap condition) The following state-

ments are equivalent:

(i) W ∈ Ap ;

(ii) W−p′/p ∈ Ap′ ;

31

Page 39: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(iii)

B

(∫

B

∥∥W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)∥∥p′ dt

|B|)p/p′

dx

|B| ≤ c for every ball B ⊆ Rn ;

(iv)

B

(∫

B

∥∥W 1/p(x)W−1/p(t)∥∥p dx

|B|)p′/p

dt

|B| ≤ c for every ball B ⊆ Rn .

Proof. Recall that ρ ∈ Ap if and only if ρ∗ ∈ Ap′ . In terms of matrix weights,

W ∈ Ap if and only if W−p′/p ∈ Ap′ (note that ρ∗t (x) = ‖(W−p′/p)1/p′(t) x‖). By

Lemma 1.3, the third statement is equivalent to W ∈ Ap , whereas the fourth is

equivalent to W−p′/p ∈ Ap′ . ¥

Observe that the scalar classes Ap are increasing in p , i.e., Ap ⊆ Aq if p ≤ q .

This observation brings us to the definition of the scalar A∞ class.

Definition 3.22 (Scalar A∞ class) Let w ≥ 0. Then A∞ =⋃

1≤p<∞Ap .

Equivalently, w ∈ A∞ if there exists δ > 0 such that given a cube (or a ball) F

and any subset E ⊆ F ,

w(F )

w(E)≤ c

( |F ||E|

.

(See [St2] for equivalence and other details.)

This property of scalar weights will be used in Chapter 9.

32

Page 40: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 4

Boundedness of the ϕ-transform

and Its Inverse on

Matrix-Weighted Besov Spaces

4.1 Boundedness of the inverse ϕ-transform

Consider Bαqp (W ) with parameters α ∈ R , 0 < q ≤ ∞ , 1 ≤ p < ∞ fixed. For

0 < δ ≤ 1, M > 0 and N ∈ Z define (as in [FJ2]) mQ to be a smooth (δ,M, N)-

molecule for Q ∈ D if:

(M1)

∫xγmQ(x) dx = 0, for |γ| ≤ N ,

(M2) |mQ(x)| ≤ |Q|−1/2

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−max(M,M−α)

,

(M3) |DγmQ(x)| ≤ |Q|−1/2−|γ|/n

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−M

if |γ| ≤ [α],

(M4) |DγmQ(x)−DγmQ(y)| ≤ |Q|− 12− |γ|

n− δ

n |x− y|δ

× sup|z|≤|x−y|

(1 +

|x− z − xQ|l(Q)

)−M

if |γ| = [α].

33

Page 41: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

It is understood that (M1) is void if N < 0; and (M3), (M4) are void if α < 0.

Also, [α] stands for the greatest integer ≤ α ; γ is a multi-index γ = (γ1, . . . , γn)

with γi ∈ N ∪ {0} , 1 ≤ i ≤ n , and the standard notation is used.

We say {mQ}Q is a family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ) if each mQ is a

(δ,M, N)-molecule with

(M.i) α− [α] < δ ≤ 1,

(M.ii) M > J , where J = βp

+ np′ (if p = 1, then n/p′ := 0 and J = β ),

(M.iii) N = max([J − n− α],−1).

Remark 4.1 Note that, in contrast to the case in [FJ2], there is a dependence of

the family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ) on the weight W (more precisely, on the

doubling exponent β ).

Theorem 4.2 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞, and let W be a doubling matrix

weight of order p. Suppose {mQ}Q is a family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ).

Then

∥∥∥∥∥∑Q

~sQ mQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ). (4.1)

The proof uses the following estimates for Q dyadic with l(Q) = 2−µ , µ ∈ Z , and

ϕν , ν ∈ Z , with ϕ ∈ A :

if µ > ν , then for some σ > J − α

|ϕν ∗mQ(x)| ≤ c |Q|−1/2 2−(µ−ν)σ (1 + 2ν |x− xQ|)−M ; (4.2)

if µ ≤ ν , then for some τ > α

|ϕν ∗mQ(x)| ≤ c |Q|−1/2 2−(ν−µ)τ (1 + 2µ|x− xQ|)−M . (4.3)

34

Page 42: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

The proofs are entirely elementary, but quite tedious (see [FJ2, Appendix B]).

Note that in the statement of Lemma B.1 in [FJ2], it should say j ≤ k . For (4.2),

for N 6= −1, apply Lemma B.1 with j = ν , k = µ , L = N , R = M , S = M − α ,

g = 2−νn/2 ϕν , h = mQ with l(Q) = 2−µ , x1 = xQ , J − n− α− [J − n− α] < θ ≤ 1.

Letting σ = N + n + θ > J − α , we obtain (4.2). For N = −1, apply Lemma B.2

in [FJ2] with σ = n > J − α to get (4.2). Now for (4.3), for α > 0, apply Lemma

B.1 with k = ν , j = µ , L = [α] , R = M , δ = θ , S = [α] + n + δ , x1 = 0,

g(x) = mQ(x+xQ), h = 2−νn/2 ϕν , and observe that ϕν ∗mQ(x) = 2νn/2 g ∗h(x−xQ)

to get (4.3) with τ = δ + [α] > α . For α < 0, Lemma B.2 in [FJ2] gives (4.3) with

τ = 0 > α .

Lemma 4.3 (Squeeze Lemma) Fix a dyadic cube Q and let w : Rn → R+ be a

scalar doubling measure with the doubling exponent β . If L > β , then for r ≥ l(Q),

Rn

w(x)

(1 +

|x− xQ|r

)−L

dx ≤ cβ

[r

l(Q)

]β ∫

Q

w(x) dx. (4.4)

Proof. Decompose Rn into the annuli Rm :

Rn =∞⋃

m=1

{x : 2m−1r ≤ |x− xQ| < 2mr} ∪ {x : |x− xQ| < r} =:∞⋃

m=0

Rm.

Then the left-hand side of (4.4) is bounded by

∞∑m=1

(1 + 2m−1)−Lw(Rm) + w(R0). (4.5)

Using the doubling property of w , we get

w(Rm) ≤ w(B(xQ, 2mr)) ≤ c

( |B(xQ, 2mr)||R0|

)β/n

w(R0) = c 2mβw(R0).

Thus, (4.5) is bounded by

c

∞∑m=0

2mβ−mL w(R0) ≤ cβ w(R0),

35

Page 43: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

since L > β . Note that B(xQ, l(Q)) ⊆ 3Q and so w(B(xQ, l(Q))) ≤ cβ w(Q). If

r > l(Q), then

w(R0) ≤ c

( |R0||B(xQ, l(Q))|

)β/n

w(B(xQ, l(Q))) ≤ cβ

[r

l(Q)

w(Q),

which is (4.4). ¥

Lemma 4.4 (Summation Lemma) Let µ, ν ∈ Z and y ∈ Rn . Then for M > n,

l(Q)=2−µ

(1 +

|y − xQ|2−ν

)−M

≤ cn,M 2(µ−ν)n, if µ ≥ ν. (4.6)

Proof. If µ ≥ ν , i.e., 2−ν ≥ 2−µ , there are 2(µ−ν)n dyadic cubes of size 2−µ in a

dyadic cube of size 2−ν . Fix l ∈ Zn such that y ∈ Qνl . Then the left-hand side of

(4.6) is∑

k∈Zn

(1 + 2ν |y − xQµk|)−M

=∑

i∈Zn

k: Qµk⊆Qν(l+i)

(1 + 2ν |y − xQµk|)−M

≤∑

i∈Zn

(1 + |i|)−M × 2(µ−ν)n ≤ cn 2(µ−ν)n,

again since M > n . ¥

Proof of Theorem 4.2. By definition,

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q

~sQ mQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥W 1/p∑Q

~sQ (ϕν ∗mQ)

∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

µ∈Z

l(Q)=2−µ

(W 1/p~sQ)(ϕν ∗mQ)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

.

By Minkowski’s (or the triangle) inequality, the last expression is bounded by

∥∥∥∥∥∥

µ∈Z

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−µ

(W 1/p~sQ)(ϕν ∗mQ)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

36

Page 44: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

µ∈Z

Rn

l(Q)=2−µ

‖W 1/p(x)~sQ‖ |(ϕν ∗mQ)(x)|

p

dx

1/p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=:

∥∥∥∥∥∥

{∑µ>ν

J1/p1 +

∑µ≤ν

J1/p2

}

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

. (4.7)

Using estimates (4.2) and (4.3) with θ1 = −(µ− ν)σ , θ2 = −(ν − µ)τ and r1 = 2−ν ,

r2 = 2−µ , we bound each Ji , i = 1, 2:

Ji ≤ c

Rn

l(Q)=2−µ

‖W 1/p(x)~sQ‖H|Q|−1/2 2θi

(1 +

|x− xQ|ri

)−M

p

dx.

If p > 1, split M = M1 +M2 , where M1 > β/p and M2 > n/p′ (this is possible since

M > J ). If p = 1, M = M1 > β (and n/p′ = 0 in further calculations). Then by

the discrete Holder inequality with wQ(x) = ‖W 1/p(x)~sQ‖pH , we get

Ji ≤ cp

Rn

l(Q)=2−µ

wQ(x)|Q|−p/2 2θip

(1 +

|x− xQ|ri

)−M1p

× ∑

l(Q)=2−µ

(1 +

|x− xQ|ri

)−M2p′

p/p′

dx.

By the Summation Lemma 4.4 (with ν = µ in (4.6)), we have

J2 ≤ cp,n2θ2p∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−p/2

Rn

wQ(x)(1 + 2µ|x− xQ|)−M1p dx,

since M2 > n/p′ . Applying the Squeeze Lemma 4.3 with r = 2−µ = l(Q) and

L = M1p (and so L > β ), we get

J2 ≤ cp,n,β 2−(ν−µ)τp∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−p/2wQ(Q).

By the Summation Lemma 4.4 (with µ > ν in (4.6)), we have

J1 ≤ cp,n2(ν−µ)(σ−n/p′)p∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−p/2

Rn

wQ(x)(1 + 2ν |x− xQ|)−M1p dx,

37

Page 45: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

again since M2 > n/p′ . Applying the Squeeze Lemma 4.3 again with r = 2−ν >

2−µ = l(Q) and L = M1p , we get

J1 ≤ cp,n,β 2(ν−µ)(σ−n/p′−β/p) p∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−p/2wQ(Q).

Observe that the last sum is equal to∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−µ |Q|−1/2~sQχQ

∥∥∥p

Lp(W ). Combining the

estimates for J1 and J2 (recall that J = np′ + β

p), we have

2να

(∑µ>ν

J1/p1 +

∑µ≤ν

J1/p2

)≤ cp,n,β

µ∈Z2(ν−µ)α

(2(ν−µ)(σ−J)χ{ν−µ<0}

+2−(ν−µ)τχ{ν−µ≥0})× 2µα

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−1/2~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

. (4.8)

Denote

ai = 2iα(2i(σ−J)χ{i<0} + 2−iτχ{i≥0}

)

and

bµ = 2µα

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−1/2 ~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

.

Then the right side of (4.8) is nothing else but c∑

µ∈Zaν−µ bµ = c (a∗b)(ν). Substituting

this into (4.7), we get

∥∥∥∥∥∑Q

~sQ mQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤∥∥∥∥∥∥

{∑

µ∈Z

∑i=1,2

J1/pi

}

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

≤ cp,n,β ‖a ∗ b‖lq . (4.9)

Observe that

‖a ∗ b‖lq ≤ ‖a‖l1‖b‖lq for q ≥ 1 (4.10)

and

‖a ∗ b‖lq ≤ ‖a‖lq‖b‖lq for q < 1 (4.11)

(to get the last inequality, apply the q -triangle inequality followed by ‖a ∗ b‖l1 ≤‖a‖l1‖b‖l1 ). For any 0 < q < ∞ , ‖a‖q

lq =∑i<0

2i(σ+α−J)q +∑i≥0

2−i(τ−α)q . Both sums

38

Page 46: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

converge, since τ > α and σ + α > J by (4.2) and (4.3). Hence, ‖a‖lq ≤ cq for any

q > 0. (In fact, here we only need 0 < q ≤ 1.) Combining all the estimates together

into (4.9), we obtain

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q

~sQ mQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c ‖b‖lq = c

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|−1/2~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

= c ‖{~sQ}‖bαqp (W ),

where c = cn,p,q,β . ¥

Remark 4.5 Since ψ ∈ A, observe the following properties of ψQ :

1. 0 /∈ supp ψQ for any dyadic Q, and, therefore,∫

xγψQ(x) dx = 0 for any

multi-index γ ;

2. |DγψQ| ≤ cγ,L|Q|− 12− |γ|

n

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−L−|γ|for each L ∈ N ∪ {0} and γ as

before.

Hence, {ψQ}Q is a family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ), and for ~f =

∑Q ~sQ ψQ ,

we obtain the boundedness of the inverse ϕ-transform Tψ :

Corollary 4.6 Let W be a doubling matrix of order p, and consider the sequence

~s = {~sQ}Q ∈ bαqp (W ). Then for all 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and α ∈ R,

‖Tψ~s ‖Bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∑Q

~sQ ψQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ). (4.12)

In particular, given ~f ∈ Bαqp (W ), consider ~s = Sϕ

~f . Then by (2.2)

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

=

∥∥∥∥∥∑Q

~sQ ψQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) = c

∥∥∥Sϕ~f∥∥∥

bαqp (W )

.

39

Page 47: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

4.2 Decompositions of an exponential type func-

tion

Definition 4.7 For ν ∈ Z, let Eν = {~f : fi ∈ S ′ and supp fi ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : |ξ| ≤2ν+1}, i = 1, ..., m}. Then we say that Eν consists of vector functions of exponential

type 2ν+1 .

Consider the following lemma on the decomposition of an exponential type function

(for the proof the reader is referred to [FJW, p.55]):

Lemma 4.8 Suppose g ∈ S ′(Rn), h ∈ S(Rn) and supp g, supp h ⊆ {|ξ| < 2νπ} for

some ν ∈ Z. Then

(g ∗ h)(x) =∑

k∈Zn

2−νng(2−νk) h(x− 2−νk). (4.13)

Note: if h(ξ) = 1 on supp g , then g ∗ h = g .

Let Γ = {γ ∈ S : γ = 1 on {ξ ∈ Rn : |ξ| ≤ 2} and supp γ ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : |ξ| < π}} .

Define γν(x) = 2νnγ(2νx) for ν ∈ Z . Since γν = γ(2νξ), supp γν ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn :

|ξ| < 2νπ} .

Lemma 4.9 For ν ∈ Z let ~g ∈ Eν and fix x ∈ Qνk where k ∈ Zn . Then for any

y ∈ Rn and γ ∈ Γ

~g(y) =∑

l∈Zn

2−νn~g(2−νl + x) γν(y − (2−νl + x)). (4.14)

Proof. Denote ~g x(y) = ~g(y + x). Trivially, ~g(y) = ~g x(y − x). Note that

(~g x)ˆ(ξ) = eixξ~g(ξ), and so supp (~g x)ˆ = supp ~g . Therefore, by (4.13) applied to ~g x :

~g(y) = ~g x(y − x) =∑

l∈Zn

2−νn~g x(2−νl) γν(y − x− 2−νl),

which is (4.14). ¥

40

Page 48: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Lemma 4.10 Let g ∈ S ′ with supp g ⊆ {|ξ| ≤ 3} and γ ∈ Γ. Then for any

x, s ∈ Rn and j ∈ N ∪ {0}

Djg(x + s) =∑

k∈Zn

g(x + k)Djγ(s− k). (4.15)

Proof. Let gx(s) = g(x + s). Observe that supp gx ⊆ {|ξ| ≤ 3} , since gx(ξ) =

eixξg(ξ) and supp g ⊆ {|ξ| ≤ 3} . Applying the decomposition from Lemma (4.8)

(with ν = 0) g(s) =∑

k∈Zn

g(k)γ(s− k) to gx(s), we get

gx(s) =∑

k∈Zn

gx(k)γ(s− k) =∑

k∈Zn

g(x + k)γ(s− k).

Note the following two implications:

1. gx = gx ∗ γ =⇒ Djgx = gx ∗Djγ

2. (Djgx) = gx · (Djγ) =⇒ supp (Djgx) ⊆ supp gx ∩ supp (Djγ) ⊆ {|ξ| ≤ 3}

Therefore,

Djg(x + s) = Djgx(s) =∑

k∈Zn

gx(k)Djγ(s− k) =∑

k∈Zn

g(x + k)Djγ(s− k).

¥

Remark 4.11 Let f ∈ S ′ . Recall the dilations of ϕ: ϕν(x) = 2νnϕ(2νx). Since

supp ϕ ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : 12≤ |ξ| ≤ 2}, supp ϕν ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : 2ν−1 ≤ |ξ| ≤ 2ν+1} as well

as supp (ϕν ∗ f ) ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : 2ν−1 ≤ |ξ| ≤ 2ν+1}. Observe that (ϕν ∗ f) ∈ S ′ and

so (ϕν ∗ f) ∈ Eν . Thus, all previous lemmas apply to ϕν ∗ f .

4.3 Boundedness of the ϕ-transform

Before we talk about the boundedness of the ϕ-transform, we develop two “maximal

operator” type inequalities:

41

Page 49: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Lemma 4.12 Let 1 < p < ∞, W ∈ Ap and ~g ∈ E0 . Then

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k) ‖p dx ≤ cp,n ‖~g ‖pLp(W ). (4.16)

Remark 4.13 Note that in terms of reducing operators, (4.16) is equivalent to

‖{AQ0k~g(k)}k∈Zn‖lp =

(∑

k∈Zn

‖AQ0k~g(k) ‖p

)1/p

≤ cp,n ‖~g ‖Lp(W ). (4.17)

Proof. Let γ ∈ Γ. Then for ~g ∈ E0 , we have ~g = γ ∗ ~g , and the left-hand side

of (4.16) is∑

k∈Zn

Q0k

∥∥∥∥W 1/p(x)

Rn

~g(y)γ(k − y) dy

∥∥∥∥p

dx

≤ cM

k∈Zn

Q0k

(∫

Rn

‖W 1/p(x)~g(y)‖(1 + |k − y|)M

dy

)p

dx,

for some M > n+βp/p′ , where β is the doubling exponent of W , since γ ∈ S . Since

Rn =⋃

m∈Zn

Q0m and mi ≤ yi < mi + 1, i = 1, ..., n , on each Q0m , the last sum is

bounded by

c∑

k∈Zn

Q0k

( ∑

m∈Zn

∫Q0m

‖W 1/p(x)~g(y)‖ dy

(1 + |k −m|)M

)p

dx.

Writing M = M/p + M/p′ and using the discrete Holder inequality (note that M >

n), we bound the last expression by

c∑

k∈Zn

Q0k

m∈Zn

(∫Q0m

‖W 1/p(x)~g(y)‖ dy)p

(1 + |k −m|)Mdx. (4.18)

Observe that

(∫

Q0m

‖W 1/p(x)~g(y)‖ dy

)p

≤(∫

Q0m

‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(y)‖ ‖W 1/p(y)~g(y)‖ dy

)p

≤(∫

Q0m

‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(y)‖p′ dy

)p/p′ (∫

Q0m

‖W 1/p(y)~g(y)‖p dy

),

again by Holder’s inequality. By Lemma 3.19, vx(y) = ‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(y)‖p′ is a

doubling measure with the doubling exponent β :

vx(Q0m) ≤ vx(B(m, |k −m|+√n)) ≤ c (1 + |k −m|)βvx(Q0k).

42

Page 50: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Thus, (4.18) is bounded by

c∑

k,m∈Zn

(1 + |k −m|)βp/p′−M

[∫

Q0k

(∫

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)W−1/p(y)‖p′dy

)p/p′

dx

]

(4.19)

×∫

Q0m

‖W 1/p(y)~g(y)‖p dy.

By Lemma 1.3, the expression in the square brackets of (4.19) is bounded by a

constant independent of k . Since M > βp/p′ + n , the sum on k converges and,

therefore, (4.19) is estimated above by

c∑

m∈Zn

Q0m

‖W 1/p(y)~g(y)‖p dy = c

Rn

‖W 1/p(y)~g(y)‖p dy = c ‖~g ‖pLp(W ).

¥

Lemma 4.14 Let W be a doubling matrix of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞, with doubling

exponent β such that p > β , and let ~g ∈ E0 . Then (4.16) holds. Furthermore, if W

is a diagonal matrix, then (4.16) holds for any 1 ≤ p < ∞.

Proof. First, assume (~g)i ∈ S with supp (~g)∧i ⊆ {|ξ| < π} , i = 1, ..., m .

We want to show that for such ~g , the sum on the left-hand side of (4.16) is finite.

Choosing r > β + n , we have

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx ≤∑

k∈Zn

c

(1 + |k|)r

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)‖p dx.

Since w(x) = ‖W 1/p(x)‖p is a scalar doubling measure, w(Q0k) ≤ c (1 + |k|)βw(Q00).

Hence,

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx ≤∑

k∈Zn

cw(Q00)

(1 + |k|)r−β≤ cw(Q00) < ∞,

since r − β > n .

43

Page 51: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Now we will prove (4.16) for ~g with (~g)i ∈ S and supp (~g)∧i ⊆ {|ξ| ≤ 3} , and then

generalize it to (~g)i ∈ S ′ . Let 0 < δ < 1. Then Bδ(k) ⊆ 3Q0k . Using the doubling

property of wk(x) = ‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p , we “squeeze” each Q0k into Bδ(k):

wk(Q0k) ≤ wk(3Q0k) ≤ c

[ |3Q0k||Bδ(k)|

]β/n

wk(Bδ(k)) ≤ cβ δ−βwk(Bδ(k)).

Hence, the left-hand side of (4.16) is bounded by

cβ δ−β∑

k∈Zn

Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx. (4.20)

To estimate the integral, we will use the trivial identity ~g(k) = ~g(x) + [~g(k) − ~g(x)]

for x ∈ Bδ(k). Apply the decomposition from Lemma 4.8 with γ ∈ Γ:

~g(k) =∑

m∈Zn

~g(m)γ(k −m) and ~g(x) =∑

m∈Zn

~g(m)γ(x−m).

Using the Mean Value Theorem for [γ(k−m)−γ(x−m)] and the properties of γ ∈ S(note that |x− k| < δ ), we have

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p ≤ cp‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p + cp,M δp∑

m∈Zn

‖W 1/p(x)~g(m) ‖p

(1 + |k −m|)M,

(4.21)

for some M > β + n . Integrating (4.21) over Bδ(k), we get

Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx ≤ cp

Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p dx

+c δp∑

m∈Zn

∫Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(m) ‖p dx

(1 + |k −m|)M. (4.22)

Apply the doubling property of wm(x) = ‖W 1/p(x)~g(m)‖p again:

wm(Bδ(k)) ≤ wm(B(m, |k −m|+ δ)) ≤ c

[(δ + |k −m|)n

δn

]β/n

wm(Bδ(m))

= c δ−β(1 + |k −m|)βwm(Bδ(m)).

44

Page 52: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Substituting this estimate into (4.22) and summing over k ∈ Zn , we have

k∈Zn

Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx ≤ cp

k∈Zn

Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p dx

+c δp−β∑

m∈Zn

Bδ(m)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(m) ‖p dx

(∑

k∈Zn

(1 + |k −m|)β−M

),

where the last sum converges since M > β + n . If p > β , by choosing 0 < δ < 1/2

such that 1 − c δp−β > 0, we subtract the last term from both sides (note that it is

finite because of our estimates above for ~gi ∈ S ), substitute it into (4.20) and get the

estimate of the left-hand side of (4.16) (note that∑

k∈Zn

∫Bδ(k)

... ≤ ∫Rn ...):

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx ≤ cβ δ−β cp

(1− c δp−β)

k∈Zn

Bδ(k)

‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p dx

≤ cn,β,p

Rn

‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p dx = cn,β,p‖~g ‖pLp(W ). (4.23)

Now let (~g)i ∈ S ′, i = 1, ..., m . Since ~g ∈ E0 , it follows that (~g)i ∈ C∞ , and ~g

and all its derivatives are slowly increasing. Pick a scalar-valued γ ∈ S such that

γ(0) = 1 and supp γ ⊆ B(0, 1). Then for 0 < ε < 1, the function ~g ε(x) := ~g(x)γ(εx)

has its components in S . Observe that (~g ε)∧ = (~g)∧ ∗ [γ(εx)]∧ , with [γ(εx)] ∧ (ξ) =

(1/ε) γ(ξ/ε), and, therefore,

supp (~g ε)∧ ⊆ supp (~g)∧ + supp (1/ε) γ(·/ε) ⊆ {ξ : |ξ| < 3}.

We can apply the result (4.23) to ~g ε :

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g ε(k)‖p dx ≤ c ‖~g ε‖pLp(W ),

or∑

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)γ(εk)‖p dx ≤ c

Rn

‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p|γ(εx)|p dx.

Taking lim inf as ε → 0 of both sides and using Fatou’s Lemma on the left-hand side

(with a discrete measure for the sum) and the Dominated Convergence Theorem on

45

Page 53: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

the right-hand side, we obtain

k∈Zn

lim infε→0

|γ(εk)|p∫

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx

≤ c

Rn

‖W 1/p(x)~g(x)‖p limε→0

|γ(εx)|p dx.

Since γ(εx) −→ε→0

γ(0), we obtain (4.16) for all ~g ∈ E0 .

To get the second assertion of the Lemma, we consider the scalar case with w a

scalar doubling measure. Then (4.22) becomes

w(Bδ(k))|g(k)|p ≤ cp

Bδ(k)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx (4.24)

+cp δpw(Bδ(k))∑

m∈Zn

|g(m)|p(1 + |k −m|)M

,

or

|g(k)|p ≤ cp1

w(Bδ(k))

Bδ(k)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx + c δp∑

m∈Zn

|g(m)|p(1 + |k −m|)M

.

We want to estimate the last sum on m . Fix l ∈ Zn . Dividing everything by

(1 + |k − l|)M and summing on k ∈ Zn , we get

k∈Zn

|g(k)|p(1 + |k − l|)M

≤ cp

k∈Zn

∫Bδ(k)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx

(1 + |k − l|)Mw(Bδ(k))

+c δp∑

k∈Zn

1

(1 + |k − l|)M

m∈Zn

|g(m)|p(1 + |k −m|)M

.

Note that in the last term

k∈Zn

1

(1 + |k − l|)M(1 + |k −m|)M≤ c

(1 + |l −m|)M,

since M > n . Therefore,

k∈Zn

|g(k)|p(1 + |k − l|)M

≤ cp

k∈Zn

∫Bδ(k)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx

(1 + |k − l|)Mw(Bδ(k))+ c δp

m∈Zn

|g(m)|p(1 + |l −m|)M

.

Choose 0 < δ < 1/2 such that 1− c δp > 0. Then

m∈Zn

|g(m)|p(1 + |l −m|)M

≤ cp

1− c δp

m∈Zn

∫Bδ(m)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx

(1 + |l −m|)Mw(Bδ(m)).

46

Page 54: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Substituting this into (4.24) and summing on k ∈ Zn (again using∑

k∈Zn

∫Bδ(k)

... ≤∫Rn ...), we obtain

k∈Zn

w(Bδ(k))|g(k)|p

≤ cp ‖g‖pLp(w) + c δp

k∈Zn

w(Bδ(k))∑

m∈Zn

∫Bδ(m)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx

(1 + |k −m|)Mw(Bδ(m)).

Use the doubling property of w to shift Bδ(k) to Bδ(m). Since δ is fixed, w(Bδ(k)) ≤cδ,n (1 + |k −m|)βw(Bδ(m)), and thus, the last term is dominated by

c δp∑

m∈Zn

Bδ(m)

w(x)|g(x)|p dx×(∑

k∈Zn

(1 + |k −m|)β−M

), (4.25)

where the sum on k converges, since M > β + n . Thus, (4.25) is estimated by

cp,n,β ‖g‖pLp(w) . Hence,

k∈Zn

Q0k

w(x)|g(k)|p dx ≤ cp,n,β

k∈Zn

w(Bδ(k))|g(k)|p ≤ cp,n,β ‖g‖pLp(w).

Now if W is a diagonal matrix, then

‖W 1/p(x) ~u ‖p ≈m∑

i=1

wii(x) |~ui|p,

and thus, applying the scalar case, we get

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/p(x)~g(k)‖p dx ≈m∑

i=1

k∈Zn

Q0k

wii(x)|~gi(k)|p dx

≤m∑

i=1

c ‖~gi‖pLp(wii)

≈ cp,n,β,m ‖~g‖pLp(W ).

¥

Theorem 4.15 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞, and let W satisfy any of

(A1)-(A3). Then

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαq

p (W ), (4.26)

where ~sQ = Sϕ~f =

⟨~f, ϕQ

⟩for a given ~f .

47

Page 55: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Proof. By definition,

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|−1/2∥∥W 1/p · ~sQ

∥∥H χQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=: ‖{Jν}ν‖lαq. (4.27)

Fix ν ∈ Z . Then Q = Qνk =n∏

i=1

[ki

2ν,ki + 1

], k ∈ Zn , |Q| = 2−νn , ~sQ =

|Q|1/2(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk) and

Jpν =

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|−p/2

Q

‖W 1/p(t)~sQ‖p dt

=∑

k∈Zn

Qνk

‖W 1/p(t)(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk)‖p dt.

Let ~fν(x) = ~f(2−νx). Then (ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk) = (ϕ ∗ ~fν)(k). We substitute this in the

last integral and note that the change of variables y = 2νt (with Wν(t) := W (2−νt))

will yield

Jpν = 2−νn

k∈Zn

Q0k

‖W 1/pν (t)(ϕ ∗ ~fν)(k)‖p dt. (4.28)

Observe that (ϕ ∗ ~fν)i ∈ S ′ , i = 1, ...,m , and ϕ ∗ ~fν ∈ E0 , since supp ˆϕ ⊆ {ξ ∈Rn : 1

2≤ |ξ| ≤ 2} . Using either Lemma 4.12 or Lemma 4.14 with ~g = ϕ ∗ ~fν and Wν

instead of W (both the Ap condition and the doubling condition are invariant with

respect to dilation), we obtain

Jpν ≤ c 2−νn

Rn

‖W 1/pν (t)(ϕ ∗ ~fν)(t)‖p dt.

Changing variables, we get

Jpν ≤ c

Rn

‖W 1/p(t)(ϕν ∗ ~f )(t)‖p dt = c ‖(ϕν ∗ ~f )‖pLp(W ).

Combining the estimates of Jν for all ν into (4.27), we get

∥∥∥∥{⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

= ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) = ‖{Jν}ν‖lαq

48

Page 56: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

≤ c

∥∥∥∥{∥∥∥

(ϕν ∗ ~f

)∥∥∥Lp(W )

}

ν

∥∥∥∥lαq

= c∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W,∼ϕ)

, (4.29)

where c = c(p, β, n).

To finish the proof of the theorem, we have to establish the equivalence between

Bαqp (W,ϕ) and Bαq

p (W, ϕ). As we mentioned in Section 2, ϕ ∈ A , and so the pair

(ϕ, ψ) satisfies (2.1), since ˆϕ = ¯ϕ and ˆψ =¯ψ . By (2.2), ~f =

∑Q

⟨~f, ϕQ

⟩ψQ . Since

{ψQ}Q is a family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ) (see Remark 4.5), by Theorem

4.2 we have

‖~f ‖Bαq

p (W,∼ϕ)≤ c

∥∥∥∥{⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

. (4.30)

Applying (4.29) to the right-hand side of the last inequality, we bound it by

c∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W,

∼∼ϕ )

= c∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W, ϕ). (4.31)

Finally, combining (4.29) with (4.30) and (4.31), we obtain

∥∥∥∥{⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≡ ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) ≤ c

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W, ϕ)

.

¥

Remark 4.16 The fact that ϕ and ϕ were interchanged in the last step of the previ-

ous theorem can be generalized into Theorem 1.8 about the independence of the space

Bαqp (W ) from the choice of ϕ:

Proof of Theorem 1.8. Let {ϕ(1), ψ(1)} and {ϕ(2), ψ(2)} be two different sets

of mutually admissible kernels. Decompose ~f in the second system:

~f =∑

Q

⟨~f, ϕ

(2)Q

⟩ψ

(2)Q =

∑Q

~s(2)Q ψ

(2)Q .

Observe that ψ(2)Q is a molecule for Q and, therefore, by Theorem 4.2,

‖~f ‖Bαqp (W,ϕ(1)) ≤ c ‖{~s (2)

Q }Q‖bαqp (W ) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαq

p (W,ϕ(2)),

49

Page 57: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

where the last inequality holds by Theorem 4.15. Interchanging ϕ(1) with ϕ(2) , we get

the norm equivalence between Bαqp (W,ϕ(1)) and Bαq

p (W,ϕ(2)). In other words, the

space Bαqp (W ) is independent of the choice of ϕ under any of the three assumptions

on W . ¥

Remark 4.17 Combining boundedness of the ϕ-transform (Theorem 4.15) and that

of the inverse ϕ-transform (Corollary 4.6), we get the norm equivalence claimed in

Theorems 1.4 and 1.6.

4.4 Connection with reducing operators

Now we connect the weighted sequence Besov space with its reducing operator equiv-

alent. Recall that for each matrix weight W , we can find a sequence of reducing

operators {AQ}Q such that for all ~u ∈ H ,

ρp,Q(~u) =

(1

|Q|∫ ∥∥W 1/p(t) · ~u

∥∥p

H χQ(t) dt

)1/p

≈ ‖AQ~u ‖H. (4.32)

Lemma 4.18 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞, and let {AQ}Q be reducing

operators for W . Then

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) ≈ ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαq

p ({AQ}). (4.33)

Proof. Using (4.32), we get the equivalence

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12‖W 1/p · ~sQ‖HχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− p2 [ρp,Q(~sQ)]p |Q|

1p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

50

Page 58: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− p2‖AQ~sQ‖p

H

∫χQ(t) dt

1p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12‖AQ~sQ‖HχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

= ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}).

¥

Finally, combining Theorems 1.4 and 1.6 with (4.33), we get Theorem 1.9.

Corollary 4.19 The space Bαqp (W ) is complete when α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p <

∞ and W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3).

Proof. If{

~fn

}n∈N

is Cauchy in Bαqp (W ), then

{{~sQ

(~fn

)}Q

}

n∈Nis Cauchy

in bαqp ({AQ}) by Theorem 4.15 and Lemma 4.18 (or just Theorem 1.9). This implies

that ∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12

∥∥∥AQ

[~sQ

(~fn

)− ~sQ

(~fm

)]∥∥∥H

χQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥

p

Lp

= 2νn(p/2−1)∑

l(Q)=2−ν

∥∥∥AQ

[~sQ

(~fn

)− ~sQ

(~fm

)]∥∥∥p

H−→

n,m→∞0,

for each ν ∈ Z . Hence,∥∥∥AQ

[~sQ

(~fn

)− ~sQ

(~fm

)] ∥∥∥H

−→n,m→∞

0 for each Q . Since

the AQ ’s are invertible,{~sQ

(~fn

)}n∈N

is a vector-valued Cauchy sequence in H for

each Q . Therefore, we can define ~sQ = limn→∞

~sQ(~fn). Set ~f =∑

Q ~sQ ψQ . Observe

that∥∥∥~fn − ~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )=

∥∥∥∥∥∑Q

[~sQ

(~fn

)− ~sQ

]ψQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~fn

)− ~sQ

}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

≤ c lim infm→∞

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~fn

)− ~sQ

(~fm

)}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

−→n→∞

0,

51

Page 59: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

by Corollary 4.6 and Lemma 4.18, the discrete version of Fatou’s Lemma and the fact

that

{ {~sQ

(~fn

)}Q

}

n∈Nis Cauchy in bαq

p ({AQ}). Furthermore, ~f = (~f − ~fn) + ~fn ∈Bαq

p (W ). Thus, Bαqp (W ) is complete. ¥

Recall (Chapter 3) the Ap condition in terms of reducing operators: ‖AQA#Q‖ ≤ c

for any cube Q ∈ Rn ; in other words, ‖AQ y‖ ≤ c ‖(A#Q)−1 y‖ holds for any y ∈

H . Also, the inverse inequality ‖(AQ A#Q)−1‖ ≤ c (or, equivalently, ‖(A#

Q)−1 y‖ ≤c ‖AQ y‖ for any y ∈ H) holds automatically. This implies the following imbeddings

of the sequence Besov spaces:

Corollary 4.20 For α ∈ R, 1 < p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞, and W a matrix weight with

corresponding reducing operators AQ and A#Q ,

1. bαqp ({AQ}) ⊆ bαq

p ({(A#Q)−1}) always,

2. bαqp ({(A#

Q)−1}) ⊆ bαqp ({AQ}) if W ∈ Ap .

52

Page 60: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 5

Calderon-Zygmund Operators on

Matrix-Weighted Besov Spaces

5.1 Almost diagonal operators

Consider bαqp (W ) with parameters α, p, q fixed (α ∈ R , 1 ≤ p < ∞ , 0 < q ≤ ∞) and

W a doubling matrix of order p with doubling exponent β . Also, if p = 1, then the

convention is that 1/p′ = 0.

Definition 5.1 A matrix A = (aQP )Q,P∈D is almost diagonal, A ∈ adαqp (β), if there

exist M > J = np′ + β

pand c > 0 such that for all Q,P ,

|aQP | ≤ c min

([l(Q)

l(P )

]α1

,

[l(P )

l(Q)

]α2)(

1 +|xQ − xP |

max(l(Q), l(P ))

)−M

, (5.1)

with α1 > α + n2

and α2 > J − (α + n2).

Remark 5.2 This definition differs from the definition of almost diagonality in

[FJW], since both α2 and M depend on the doubling exponent β .

To simplify notation for the matrix A above, we will only write (aQP ) without

specifying indices Q,P .

53

Page 61: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Example 5.3 (An almost diagonal matrix) Let ϕ ∈ A. If {mQ}Q is a family

of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ), then

(aQP ) ∈ adαqp (β), (5.2)

where aQP = 〈mP , ϕQ〉, by (4.2) and (4.3), since 〈mP , ϕQ〉 = |Q|1/2(ϕν ∗mP )(xQ) if

l(Q) = 2−ν .

Now we show that almost diagonal matrices are bounded on bαqp (W ), i.e., Theorem

1.10. First we need the following approximation lemma:

Lemma 5.4 Let P,Q be dyadic cubes and t ∈ Q. Then

1 +|xQ − xP |

max(l(Q), l(P ))≈(n)

1 +|t− xP |

max(l(Q), l(P )). (5.3)

Proof. First suppose that l(Q) ≥ l(P ). If P ⊆ 3Q , then 0 ≤ |xP − xQ| ≤2√

n l(Q) = c l(Q) and so

1 ≤ 1 +|xQ − xP |

l(Q)≤ 1 + c ⇐⇒ 1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

≈ 1.

Also 0 ≤ |xP − t| ≤ 2√

n l(Q) = c l(Q) and thus

1 ≤ 1 +|t− xP |

l(Q)≤ 1 + c ⇐⇒ 1 +

|t− xP |l(Q)

≈ 1,

and (5.3) follows.

If P ∩ 3Q = ∅ , then |xP − t| ≥ l(Q) and |xP − xQ| ≥ l(Q). Since |xQ − t| ≤ c l(Q),

by the triangle inequality we get both

|xP −xQ| ≤ |xP −t|+ |t−xQ| ≤ |xP −t|+c l(Q) ≤ |xP −t|+c |xP −t| ≤ (1+c) |xP −t|

and

|xP − t| ≤ |xP − xQ|+ |xQ − t| ≤ |xP − xQ|+ c l(Q) ≤ (1 + c) |xP − xQ|.

54

Page 62: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Therefore, |xP − xQ| ≈ |xP − t| .Now assume that l(Q) < l(P ). Choose P dyadic with l(P ) = l(P ) and Q ⊆ P .

If P ∩ 3P = ∅ , then |xP − t| ≥ c l(Q) and |xP − xQ| ≥ c l(Q). Hence,

|xP −xQ| ≤ |xP −t|+ |t−xQ| ≤ |xP −t|+c l(Q) ≤ |xP −t|+c |xP −t| ≤ (1+c)|xP −t|,

and

|xP − t| ≤ |xP − xQ|+ |xQ − t| ≤ |xP − xQ|+ c l(Q) ≤ (1 + c)|xP − xQ|,

and we again get |xP − xQ| ≈ |xP − t| .If P ⊆ 3P , then 0 ≤ |xQ − xP | ≤ c1 l(P ) = c1 l(P ) and 0 ≤ |t − xP | ≤ c2 l(P ) =

c2 l(P ); thus,

1 ≤ 1 +|xQ − xP |

l(P )≤ 1 + c1 and 1 ≤ 1 +

|t− xP |l(P )

≤ 1 + c2

which means

1 +|xQ − xP |

l(P )≈ 1 ≈ 1 +

|t− xP |l(P )

.

¥

Proof of Theorem 1.10. Let A = (aQP ) with A ∈ adαqp (β). We want to show

that∥∥∥∥∥∥

{∑P

aQP~sP

}

Q

∥∥∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≤ cn,p,q,β ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ). (5.4)

By definition, ∥∥∥∥∥∥

{∑P

aQP~sP

}

Q

∥∥∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|−p/2

Q

(∑P

|aQP |‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖)p

dt

1/p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

55

Page 63: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

=:

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να 2νn/2

l(Q)=2−ν

JQ

1/p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

. (5.5)

Substituting the estimate (5.1) for aQP in JQ , we get

JQ ≤ cp,M

Q

j≥0

2−jα2

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖ (1 + 2ν |xQ − xP |)−M

p

dt

+cp,M

Q

j<0

2jα1

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖(1 + 2(ν+j)|xQ − xP |

)−M

p

dt.

Pick ε > 0 sufficiently small such that (i) α1− ε > α+n/2, (ii) α2− ε > J −α−n/2

and (iii) M > β/p + (n + ε)/p′ . Apply the discrete Holder inequality twice, first

with αi = ε + (αi − ε) for the sum on j (note that α1, α2 > 0) and second with

M = n+εp′ +

(M − n+ε

p′

)for the sum on P (if p′ = ∞ , then the Lp′ -norm is replaced

by the supremum):

JQ ≤ cp,M

Q

(∑j≥0

2−jεp′)p/p′ [∑

j≥0

2−j(α2−ε)p

× ∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖ (1 + 2ν |xQ − xP |)−M

p dt

+cp,M

Q

(∑j<0

2jεp′)p/p′ [∑

j<0

2j(α1−ε)p

× ∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖(1 + 2(ν+j)|xQ − xP |

)−M

p dt

≤ cp,M,ε

∑j≥0

2−j(α2−ε)p

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

(1 + 2ν |xQ − xP |)−n−ε

p/p′

×∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

Q

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖p (1 + 2ν |xQ − xP |)−(M−n+εp′ )p

dt

+cp,M,ε

∑j<0

2j(α1−ε)p

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

(1 + 2(ν+j)|xQ − xP |

)−n−ε

p/p′

56

Page 64: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

×∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

Q

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖p(1 + 2(ν+j)|xQ − xP |

)−(M−n+εp′ )p

dt.

Use the Summation Lemma 4.4 to estimate the square brackets and denote wP (t) =

‖W 1/p(t)~sP‖p . By Lemma 5.4, xQ can be replaced by any t ∈ Q , and so we get

JQ ≤ cp,M

∑j≥0

2−j(α2−ε)p+jnp/p′

×∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

Q

wP (t)

(1 +

|t− xP |l(Q)

)−(M−n+εp′ )p

dt

+cp,M

∑j<0

2j(α1−ε)p∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

Q

wP (t)

(1 +

|t− xP |l(P )

)−(M−n+εp′ )p

dt.

Summing on Q and applying the Squeeze Lemma 4.3 (recall M > β/p + (n + ε)/p′ ),

we get∑

l(Q)=2−ν

JQ ≤ cp,n

∑j≥0

2−j(α2−ε)p+jnp/p′

×∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

l(Q)=2−ν

Q

wP (t) (1 + 2ν |t− xP |)−(M−n+εp′ )p

dt

+cp,n

∑j<0

2j(α1−ε)p∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

l(Q)=2−ν

Q

wP (t)(1 + 2ν+j|t− xP |

)−(M−n+εp′ )p

dt

≤ cp,n,β

j∈Z

(2−j(α2−ε)p+jnp/p′+jβχ{j≥0} + 2j(α1−ε)pχ{j<0}

) ∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

wP (P ).

Observe that 2νnp/2 = |P |−p/22−jnp/2 for l(P ) = 2−(ν+j) , and

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

|P |−p/2wP (P ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

|P |−1/2~sP χP

∥∥∥∥∥∥

p

Lp(W )

.

Then, using 1 < p < ∞ to take the power 1/p inside the sum on j , we get

2να 2νn/2

l(Q)=2−ν

JQ

1/p

≤ c∑

j∈Z

[2−jα2−jn/2

(2−j(α2−ε)p+jnp/p′+jβχ{j≥0}

+2j(α1−ε)pχ{j<0})1/p

]× 2(ν+j)α

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(P )=2−(ν+j)

|P |−1/2~sP χP

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

57

Page 65: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

=: c∑

j∈Za−j × bν+j = c (a ∗ b)(ν).

Use (4.10) and (4.11) to estimate the norm of the convolution ‖a ∗ b‖lq . Then for

q ≤ 1,

‖a‖qlq =

∑j≤0

2j(α+n/2+(α2−ε)−J)q +∑j>0

2j(α+n/2−(α1−ε))q ≤ cq,

since α1 − ε > α + n/2 and α2 − ε > J − (α + n/2). Using the ‖a‖l1 estimate for

q ≥ 1 and the ‖a‖lq estimate for q < 1, and substituting into (5.5), we obtain

∥∥∥∥∥∥

{∑P

aQP~sP

}

Q

∥∥∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≤ c ‖b‖lq = c

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2µα

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(P )=2−µ

|P |−1/2~sP χP

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

µ

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

= c ‖{~sP}P‖bαqp (W ),

where c = cn,p,q,β . ¥

Now we will show that the class of almost diagonal matrices is closed under com-

position. For ε > 0, δ > 0, J = np′ + β

pand P, Q ∈ D , denote

wQP (δ, ε) =

[l(Q)

l(P )

]α+n2

min

([l(Q)

l(P )

] ε2

,

[l(P )

l(Q)

] ε2+J

)(1 +

|xQ − xP |max(l(Q), l(P ))

)−J−δ

.

Theorem 5.5 Let A,B ∈ adαqp (β). Then A ◦B ∈ adαq

p (β).

We need the following lemma, which is a modification of [FJ2, Theorem D.2]

adjusted to the weighted ad condition:

Lemma 5.6 Let δ, γ1, γ2 > 0, γ1 6= γ2 , and 2δ < γ1 + γ2 . Then there exists a

constant c = cn,δ,γ1,γ2,J such that

∑R

wQR(δ, γ1) wRP (δ, γ2) ≤ cwQP (δ, min(γ1, γ2)). (5.6)

Proof. Without loss of generality, we may assume that α = −n/2, since the

terms [l(R)]α+n/2 cancel in the sum of (5.6), leaving[

l(Q)l(P )

]α+n/2

for the right-hand side

58

Page 66: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

of the inequality. Denote γ = min(γ1, γ2). With l(Q) = 2−q, l(P ) = 2−p, l(R) = 2−r ,

first assume l(P ) ≤ l(Q). Then the sum in (5.6) can be split into the following terms:

l(R)<l(P )≤l(Q)

+∑

l(P )≤l(R)≤l(Q)

+∑

l(P )≤l(Q)<l(R)

= I + II + III.

Then

I =∑

R

[l(R)

l(Q)

]γ1/2+J (1 +

|xQ − xR|l(Q)

)−J−δ [l(R)

l(P )

]γ2/2 (1 +

|xR − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ

= [l(Q)]−(γ1/2+J)[l(P )]−γ2/2

∞∑r=p+1

2−r(γ1+γ2

2+J)gP,Q,J+δ,r(xP )

≤ c [l(Q)]−(γ1/2+J)[l(P )]−γ2/2+n

(1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ ∞∑r=p+1

2−r(γ1+γ2

2+J−n),

by [FJ2, Lemma D.1]. Since J > n , the geometric progression sum is bounded by

c 2−p(γ1+γ2

2+J−n) = c [l(P )](

γ1+γ22

+J−n) . Thus,

I ≤ c

[l(P )

l(Q)

]γ1/2+J (1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ

≤ c

[l(P )

l(Q)

]γ/2+J (1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ

,

substituting γ1 with γ , since l(P ) ≤ l(Q).

Similarly, using [FJ2, Lemma D.1], we have

II =∑

R

[l(R)

l(Q)

]γ1/2+J (1 +

|xQ − xR|l(Q)

)−J−δ [l(P )

l(R)

]γ2/2+J (1 +

|xR − xP |l(R)

)−J−δ

≤ [l(P )]γ2/2+J

[l(Q)]γ1/2+J

p∑r=q

2−r(γ1−γ2

2)gP,Q,J+δ,r(xP )

≤ c

(1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ[l(P )]γ2/2+J

[l(Q)]γ1/2+J[l(P )]

γ1−γ22

= c

[l(P )

l(Q)

]γ1/2+J (1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ

,

and γ1 can be replaced by γ , since l(P ) ≤ l(Q).

The estimate of III is also similar:

III ≤ [l(Q)]γ1/2[l(P )]γ2/2+J

q−1∑r=−∞

2r(γ1+γ2

2+J)gP,Q,J+δ,r(xP )

59

Page 67: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

≤ [l(Q)]γ1/2[l(P )]γ2/2+J

q−1∑r=−∞

2r(γ1+γ2

2+J)

(1 +

|xQ − xP |l(R)

)−J−δ

.

Observe that

(1 +

|xQ − xP |l(R)

)J+δ

>

(l(Q)

l(R)+

l(Q)

l(R)

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)J+δ

>

[l(Q)

l(R)

]J+δ (1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)J+δ

.

Then

III ≤ c [l(Q)]γ1/2−J−δ[l(P )]γ2/2+J

(1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ q−1∑r=−∞

2r(γ1+γ2

2+J)2r(−J−δ),

where the last sum converges since γ1+γ2

2> δ and is bounded by c 2q(

γ1+γ22

−δ) . Sim-

plifying, we get

III ≤ c

[l(P )

l(Q)

]γ2/2+J (1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−J−δ

.

Combining I, II and III , we get the right-hand side estimate of (5.6), if l(P ) ≤ l(Q).

The case l(P ) > l(Q) follows by exact repetition of the steps above. ¥

Proof of Theorem 5.5. Since A = (aQP ), B = (bQP ) ∈ adαqp (β), for each

i = A, B there exist 0 < εi < min(α1−(α+n/2), α2−J+α+n/2) and 0 < δ < M−J

such that |aQP | ≤ cwQP (δ, εA) and |bQP | ≤ cwQP (δ, εB). Without loss of generality,

we may assume εA < εB and δ <εA + εB

2. Then

|(AB)QP | ≤ |∑

R

aQR bRP | ≤ c∑

R

wQR(δ, εA) wRP (δ, εB) ≤ cwQP (δ, εA),

by Lemma 5.6, which means that A ◦B ∈ adαqp (β). ¥

Definition 5.7 Let T be a continuous linear operator from S to S ′ . We say that

T is an almost diagonal operator for Bαqp (W ), and write T ∈ ADαq

p (β), if for some

pair of mutually admissible kernels (ϕ, ψ), the matrix (aQP ) ∈ adαqp (β), where aQP =

〈TψP , ϕQ〉.

60

Page 68: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Remark 5.8 The definition of T ∈ ADαqp (β) is independent of the choice of the pair

(ϕ, ψ).

Proof. Define S0 = {f ∈ S : 0 /∈ supp f} . Observe that ψ ∈ A implies

ψ, ψν , ψQ ∈ S0 for ν ∈ Z and Q dyadic. Moreover, if g ∈ S0 , then gN :=N∑

ν=−N

ϕν ∗ψν ∗ g converges to g as N → ∞ in the S -topology (for proof refer to Appendix,

Lemma A.1). Since T is continuous from S into S ′ , we have Tg =∑

ν∈ZT (ϕν ∗

ψν ∗ g). Furthermore, for g ∈ S0 and fixed ν ∈ Z , we have∑

|k|≤M

〈g, ϕQνk〉ψQνk

converges to ϕν ∗ ψν ∗ g as M → ∞ in the S -topology (again refer to Appendix,

Lemma A.2). Hence, Tg =∑

ν∈Z

k∈Zn

〈g, ϕQνk〉 TψQνk

=∑Q

〈g, ϕQ〉 TψQ . Now,

suppose (〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP ) ∈ adαqp (β) for some fixed pair (ϕ, ψ) of mutually admissible

kernels. Take any other such pair (ϕ, ψ). Then ψP =∑

L

⟨ψP , ϕL

⟩ψL and ϕQ =

∑R

〈ϕQ, ψR〉ϕR , which gives

⟨T ψP , ϕQ

⟩=

∑R,L

⟨ψP , ϕL

⟩〈TψL, ϕR〉 〈ϕQ, ψR〉.

Since both {ψR}R and {ϕL}L constitute families of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ),

by (5.2) the matrices(⟨

ψP , ϕL

⟩LP

), (〈ϕQ, ψR〉QR) ∈ adαq

p (β). By Theorem 5.5,(⟨T ψP , ϕQ

⟩QP

)∈ adαq

p (β). ¥

A straightforward consequence of Theorem 1.10 is the following statement:

Corollary 5.9 Let T ∈ ADαqp (β), α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞. Then T

extends to a bounded operator on Bαqp (W ) if W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3).

Proof. First, consider ~f with(

~f)

i∈ S0 . Let (ϕ, ψ) be a pair of mutually admis-

sible kernels. Denote ~tQ =∑

P 〈TψP , ϕQ〉~sP (~f ) and observe that (〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP ) ∈adαq

p (β). Using the ϕ-transform decomposition ~f =∑

P ~sP (~f ) ψP and taking T

61

Page 69: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

inside the sum as in the previous remark, we get

‖T ~f ‖Bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∑

P

~sP (~f )TψP

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

=

∥∥∥∥∥∑Q

(∑P

〈TψP , ϕQ〉~sP (~f )

)ψQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

= ‖∑Q

~tQψQ‖Bαqp (W ) ≤ c ‖{~tQ}Q‖bαq

p (W )

≤ c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαq

p (W ),

by Corollary 4.6, Theorem 1.10 and Theorem 4.15.

Note that S0 is dense in Bαqp (W ) if α ∈ R , 0 < q < ∞ , 1 ≤ p < ∞ and W

satisfies any of (A1)-(A3) (for the proof, refer to Appendix). Thus, T extends to all

of Bαqp (W ). ¥

Note that if q = ∞ , then T extends to a bounded operator on the closure of S0

in Bα∞p (W ).

Remark 5.10 Let {mQ}Q be a family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ). Apply the

ϕ-transform to∑

P

~sP mP :

~tQ := Sϕ

(∑P

~sP mP

)=

⟨∑P

~sP mP , ϕQ

⟩=

∑P

〈mP , ϕQ〉 ~sP .

Then(〈mP , ϕQ〉QP

)forms an almost diagonal matrix by (5.2), and therefore, by

Theorem 1.10,

‖{~tQ}Q‖bαqp (W ) ≡ ‖Sϕ(

∑P

~sP mP )‖bαqp (W ) ≤ c ‖{~sP}P‖bαq

p (W ),

if W is doubling.

Corollary 5.11 Let T, S ∈ ADαqp (β). Then T ◦ S ∈ ADαq

p (β).

62

Page 70: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Proof. Since T, S ∈ ADαqp (β), it follows that (tQP ) := (〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP ) is in

adαqp (β), and so is (sQP ) := (〈SψP , ϕQ〉QP ). Thus, for Q,P dyadic we have SψP =

∑R

〈SψP , ϕR〉ψR , and so

〈T ◦ SψP , ϕQ〉 =∑

R

〈SψP , ϕR〉 〈TψR, ϕQ〉 =∑

R

tQR sRP ∈ adαqp (β),

by Theorem 5.5 (composition of almost diagonal matrices). ¥

5.2 Calderon-Zygmund operators

In this section we show that Calderon-Zygmund operators (CZOs) are bounded on

Bαqp (W ) for certain parameters α, p, q, β . First we recall the definition of smooth

atoms and the fact that a CZO maps smooth atoms into smooth molecules. Then we

use a general criterion for boundedness of operators: if an operator T maps smooth

atoms into molecules, then its matrix (〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP ) forms an almost diagonal oper-

ator on bαqp (W ), and therefore, T is bounded on Bαq

p (W ).

Definition 5.12 Let N ∈ N ∪ {0}. A function aQ ∈ D(Rn) is a smooth N -atom

for Q if

1. supp aQ ⊆ 3Q,

2.

∫xγaQ(x) dx = 0 for |γ| ≤ N , and

3. |DγaQ(x)| ≤ cγ l(Q)−|γ|−n/2 for all |γ| ≥ 0.

Let 0 < δ ≤ 1, M > 0, N ∈ N ∪ {0,−1} , N0 ∈ N ∪ {0} .

Lemma 5.13 (Boundedness criterion) Suppose a continuous linear operator

T : S → S ′ maps any smooth N0 -atom into a fixed multiple of a smooth (δ,M,N)-

molecule for Bαqp (W ), α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ with δ,M,N satisfying (M.i),

63

Page 71: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(M.ii) and (M.iii) (see Section 4.1). Suppose W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3). Then

T ∈ ADαqp (β) and, if q < ∞, T extends to a bounded operator on Bαq

p (W ).

Proof. By Corollary 5.9, it suffices to show that (〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP ) ∈ adαqp (β) for

some ϕ, ψ ∈ A satisfying (2.1). Observe that if ψ ∈ A , then there exists θ ∈ S with

supp θ ⊆ B1(0),∫

xγθ(x) dx = 0, if |γ| ≤ N0 , and∑

ν∈Zθ(2−νξ)ϕ(2−νξ) = 1 for ξ 6= 0

([FJW, Lemma 5.12]). Using ψP =∑

ν∈Zθν ∗ ϕν ∗ ψP as in the atomic decomposition

theorem ([FJW, Theorem 5.11]), we have

ψP (x) =∑Q

tQP a(P )Q (x) (5.7)

with tQP = |Q|1/2 supy∈Q

|(ϕν ∗ ψP )(y)| for l(Q) = 2−ν , and each a(P )Q is an N0 -atom

defined by

a(P )Q (x) =

1

tQP

Q

θν(x− y) (ϕν ∗ ψP )(y) dy if tQP 6= 0 (5.8)

and a(P )Q = 0 if tQP = 0. Using (4.2)-(4.3) (valid because {ψP}P is a family of

molecules for Bαqp (W )), we get

|(ϕν ∗ ψP )(y)| ≤ c |P |−1/2 min

([l(Q)

l(P )

,

[l(P )

l(Q)

]σ)(1 +

|y − xP |max(l(Q), l(P ))

)−M

,

for some τ > α and σ > J − α . In fact, ϕν ∗ ψP = 0 if |µ − ν| > 1 (2−µ = l(P )),

since ϕ, ψ ∈ A , but all we require is the previous estimate. Since y ∈ Q , y can be

replaced by xQ in the last expression by Lemma 5.4, and so

|tQP | ≤ c

( |Q||P |

)1/2

min

([l(Q)

l(P )

,

[l(P )

l(Q)

]σ)(1 +

|xQ − xP |max(l(Q), l(P ))

)−M

,

which is exactly (5.1). Thus (tQP ) ∈ adαqp (β). Using (5.7), we obtain

〈TψP , ϕQ〉 =

⟨∑R

tRP Ta(P )R , ϕQ

⟩=

∑R

tRP

⟨Ta

(P )R , ϕQ

⟩.

64

Page 72: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Since T maps any N0 -atom a(P )R into a fixed multiple of a smooth (δ,M, N)-molecule

mR : Ta(P )R = cmR and c depends neither on R nor on Q , we get

⟨Ta

(P )R , ϕQ

⟩= c 〈mR, ϕQ〉 =: c tQR,

and by (5.2), since mR is a smooth (δ,M,N)-molecule for Bαqp (W ), (tQR) ∈ adαq

p (β).

Hence,(〈TψP , ϕQ〉QP

)=

(c

∑R

tQR tRP

)∈ adαq

p (β),

since the composition of two almost diagonal operators is again almost diagonal by

Theorem 5.11. ¥

Let T be a continuous linear operator from S(Rn) to S ′(Rn), and let K = K(x, y)

be its distributional kernel defined on R2n�∆, where ∆ = {(x, y) ∈ Rn×Rn : x = y}(for definitions refer to [FJW], Chapter 8). Then T ∈ CZO(ε), 0 < ε ≤ 1, if K has

the following properties:

(I) |K(x, y)| ≤ c

|x− y|n ,

(IIε ) |K(x, y)−K(x′, y)|+ |K(y, x)−K(y, x′)| ≤ c|x− x′|ε|x− y|n+ε

if 2|x− x′| ≤ |x− y| .

To show that a CZO maps atoms into molecules we start with the following result

from [FJW]:

Theorem 5.14 ([FJW], Theorem 8.13) Let 0 < ε ≤ 1 and 0 < α < 1. If

T ∈ CZO(ε) ∩ WBP and T1 = 0, then T maps any smooth 0-atom aQ into a

fixed multiple of a smooth (ε, n + ε,−1)-molecule mQ .

Thus, if aQ is a smooth 0-atom for Q , then TaQ = cmQ , where mQ satisfies

1. |mQ(x)| ≤ |Q|−1/2

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−(n+ε)

,

65

Page 73: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

2. |mQ(x)−mQ(y)| ≤ |Q|− 12

( |x− y|l(Q)

sup|z|≤|x−y|

(1 +

|x− z − xQ|l(Q)

)−(n+ε)

,

and c is uniform for all Q . Moreover, an (ε, n+ ε,−1)-molecule is a smooth molecule

for Bαqp (W ) (see Section 4.1) if 1 ≤ p < ∞ , 0 < q ≤ ∞ , 0 < α < ε and β < n + pα :

(i) δ = ε and 0 < α < ε ≤ 1,

(ii) J = np′ + β

p< n + α < n + ε = M ,

(iii) J − n− α = β−np− α < 0 =⇒ N = max([J − n− α],−1) = −1.

The next theorem follows by combining the two statements mentioned above, and

gives the boundedness of certain Calderon-Zygmund operators on Bαqp (W ) with some

restriction on the weight W :

Theorem 5.15 Suppose 0 < ε ≤ 1, 0 < α < ε, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞, and let

W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3). Assume β < n + pα. If T ∈ CZO(ε) ∩ WBP and

T1 = 0, then T extends to a bounded operator on Bαqp (W ).

Remark 5.16 If also T ∗1 = 0 in Theorem 5.14, then α = 0 can be included in the

range, since∫

Ta(x) dx = 〈Ta, 1〉 = 〈a, T ∗1〉 = 0 and so T maps any smooth 0-atom

into a smooth (ε, n + ε, 0)-molecule (see also [FJW, Cor. 8.21]).

Corollary 5.17 Let 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞, 0 < ε ≤ 1 and 0 ≤ α < ε. Assume

β < n+pε. If T ∈ CZO(ε)∩WBP and T1 = T ∗1 = 0, then T extends to a bounded

operator on Bαqp (W ), in particular, for α = 0.

Proof. Since N = 0, the bound on β from the previous theorem can be relaxed

to β < n + pε . ¥

66

Page 74: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Remark 5.18 The condition T ∗(yγ) = 0 for |γ| ≤ N,N ≥ 1, produces more van-

ishing moments of a molecule Ta, so it is not difficult to satisfy (M.iii). But (M.ii)

M = n + ε > J = n + β−np

⇐⇒ β < n + pε creates a major restriction on the dou-

bling exponent of W . Note that in this case, we get that T maps any smooth 0-atom

into a smooth (ε, n + ε,N)-molecule, but this molecule is not a smooth molecule for

Bαqp (W ).

From now on N ≥ 0, since the case N = −1 is completely covered by Theorem 5.15.

Next we want to show that the restriction on the weight W (to be more precise the

restriction on the doubling exponent β ) can be removed in some cases by requiring

more smoothnes than (IIε ) on the kernel K .

We say that T ∈ CZO(N +ε), N ∈ N∪{0} , 0 < ε ≤ 1, if T is a continuous linear

operator from S(Rn) to S ′(Rn) and K , its distributional kernel defined on R2n�∆,

has the following properties:

(I) |K(x, y)| ≤ c

|x− y|n ,

(IIN ) |Dγ(2)K(x, y)| ≤ c

|x− y|n+|γ| , for |γ| ≤ N ,

(IIN+ε ) |Dγ(2)K(x, y)−Dγ

(2)K(x′, y)|+ |Dγ(2)K(y, x)−Dγ

(2)K(y, x′)|

≤ c|x− x′|ε

|x− y|n+|γ|+ε, for 2 |x− x′| ≤ |x− y| and |γ| = N ,

where the subscript 2 in Dγ(2) refers to differentiation with respect to the second

argument of K(x, y).

Note that CZO(ε) ⊇ CZO(N + ε) for N ≥ 0.

Theorem 5.19 Let 0 ≤ α < 1, 0 < ε ≤ 1, N0 ∈ N ∪ {0}. Suppose T ∈ CZO(N0 +

ε) ∩WBP , T1 = 0 and T ∗(yγ) = 0 for |γ| ≤ N0 . Then T maps any N0 -atom aQ

into a fixed multiple of a smooth (ε,N0 + n + ε,N0)-molecule.

67

Page 75: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

More precisely, we will show that TaQ = cmQ with c independent of Q and

(i)

∫xγTaQ(x) dx = 0, for |γ| ≤ N0,

(ii) |TaQ(x)| ≤ c |Q|−1/2

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−(N0+n+ε)

,

(iii) |TaQ(x)−TaQ(y)| ≤ c |Q|− 12

[ |x− y|l(Q)

sup|z|≤|x−y|

(1 +

|z − (x− xQ)|l(Q)

)−(N0+n+ε)

.

Before we start the proof, we quote the following estimate, due to Meyer:

Lemma 5.20 ([M1]) Let T : D → D′ be a continuous linear operator with T ∈CZO(ε)∩WBP , 0 < ε ≤ 1 and T1 = 0. Then T maps D into L∞ and there exists

a constant c such that for any fixed z ∈ Rn , t > 0, ϕ ∈ D with supp ϕ ∈ Bt(z)

‖T ϕ‖L∞ ≤ c (‖ϕ‖L∞ + t ‖ 5 ϕ‖L∞).

Proof of Theorem 5.19. For simplicity, we give the proofs of (i), (ii) and

(iii) for Q = Q00 . The same methods apply to the general cube because of the

dilation-translation nature of the estimates. Thus, consider the unit atom a = aQ00

with xQ00 = 0 and l(Q00) = 1. First property (i) immediately follows from the fact

that T ∗(yγ) = 0 for |γ| ≤ N0 . To get (ii) we consider two cases: |x| ≤ 6√

n and

|x| > 6√

n . For |x| ≤ 6√

n , use Lemma 5.20 to obtain

|T a(x)| ≤ ‖T a‖L∞ ≤ c (‖a‖L∞ + ‖ 5 a‖L∞) ≤ c.

If |x| > 6√

n , we get

|Ta(x)| =∣∣∣∣∫

K(x, y) a(y) dy

∣∣∣∣

=

∣∣∣∣∣∣

3Q00

K(x, y)−

|γ|≤N0

Dγ(y)K(x, 0)

γ!yγ

a(y) dy

∣∣∣∣∣∣, (5.9)

68

Page 76: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

since aQ is an N0 -atom, and thus, has N0 vanishing moments∫

yγaQ(y) dy = 0 for

|γ| ≤ N0 . Then (5.9) is bounded by

3Q00

|γ|=N0

∣∣∣∣[Dγ

(y)K(x, θ(y))−Dγ(y)K(x, 0)

] yγ

γ!

∣∣∣∣ |a(y)| dy.

Note that if y ∈ supp a , then 2 |θ(y)| ≤ 2 |y| ≤ 2 ·3√n < |x| , and, using the property

(IIN+ε ) of the kernel K to estimate the difference, we get

|γ|=N0

|Dγ(y)K(x, θ(y))−Dγ

(y)K(x, 0)| ≤ c|θ(y)|ε|x|n+|γ|+ε

≤ c|y|ε

|x|n+N0+ε.

Thus,

|Ta(x)| ≤ cn,N0

|x|n+N0+ε

3Q00

|y|N0+ε |a(y)| dy ≤ c

|x|n+N0+ε.

In order to show (iii), we prove that

|Ta(x)−Ta(x′)| ≤ c |x−x′|ε(

1

(1 + |x|)n+N0+ε+

1

(1 + |x′|)n+N0+ε

). (5.10)

In the case |x−x′| ≥ 1, the estimate (5.10) follows trivially from (ii) and the triangle

inequality. For |x− x′| < 1 and |x| > 10√

n , we use vanishing moments of a(x) and

the integral form of the remainder to get

|Ta(x)− Ta(x′)| =∣∣∣∣∫

(K(x, y)−K(x′, y)) a(y) dy

∣∣∣∣ =

∣∣∣∣∫

3Q00

[K(x, y)

−∑

|γ|≤N0−1

Dγ(y)K(x, 0)

γ!yγ −K(x′, y) +

|γ|≤N0−1

Dγ(y)K(x′, 0)

γ!yγ

a(y) dy

∣∣∣∣∣∣

≤∫

3Q00

∫ 1

0

(1− s)N0−1

(N0 − 1)!

|γ|=N0

∣∣∣Dγ(y)K(x, sy)−Dγ

(y)K(x′, sy)∣∣∣ |y|

γ

γ!|a(y)| ds dy.

If |x| ≥ 10√

n and y ∈ supp a , then |x− sy| ≥ |x|− s|y| ≥ 10√

n− 3√

n ≥ 2 |x−x′|and also |x − sy| ≥ |x| − s|y| ≥ |x| − 3

√n ≥ |x| − |x|

2≥ |x|

2. By (IIN+ε ) the last

integral is bounded by

c

3Q00

∫ 1

0

|x− x′|ε|x− sy|n+N0+ε

|y|N0 ds dy ≤ c|x− x′|ε|x|n+N0+ε

.

69

Page 77: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

In case |x − x′| < 1 and |x| ≤ 10√

n , an exact repetition of the argument on p. 85

of [FJW] or part (c) on p.62 of [FTW] shows that

|Ta(x)− Ta(x′)| ≤ c |x− x′|ε

by using the decay property (I) and the Lipschitz condition (II0+ε ) of the kernel K ,

which holds for any CZO(N0 + ε), N0 ≥ 0. This completes the proof. ¥

Corollary 5.21 Let 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞, and let W satisfy any of (A1)-

(A3). Suppose 0 ≤ α ≤ β−np− [β−n

p], where β is the doubling exponent of W . Let

N = [β−np− α] and β−n

p− [β−n

p] < ε ≤ 1. If T ∈ CZO(N + ε) ∩WBP , T1 = 0 and

T ∗(yγ) = 0 for |γ| ≤ N , then T extends to a bounded operator on Bαqp (W ).

Proof. By the previous theorem T maps any smooth N -atom into a smooth

(ε,N + n + ε,N)-molecule. This molecule is a smooth molecule for Bαqp (W ) if

(i) α < ε ≤ 1,

(ii) M = N + n + ε > J = n + β−np

⇐⇒ [β−np− α] = [β−n

p] > β−n

p− ε and

(iii) N = max([J − n− α],−1) = [β−np− α] , which are all true.

By the boundedness criterion (Lemma 5.13), T is bounded on Bαqp (W ). ¥

Corollary 5.22 Let 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞, and let W satisfy any of (A1)-(A3).

Suppose 0 ≤ β−np− [β−n

p] < α < 1, where β is the doubling exponent of W . Let

N = [β−np− α] and α < ε ≤ 1. If T ∈ CZO(N + 1 + ε) ∩ WBP , T1 = 0 and

T ∗(yγ) = 0 for |γ| ≤ N + 1, then T is bounded on Bαqp (W ).

Proof. By Theorem 5.19, T maps any smooth (N + 1)-atom into a smooth

(ε,N + 1 + n + ε,N + 1)-molecule, which is also a smooth (ε,N + 1 + n + ε, N)-

molecule. This one, in its turn, is a smooth molecule for Bαqp (W ), since

(i) α < ε ≤ 1,

70

Page 78: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(ii) M = N + 1 + n + ε > J = n + β−np

⇐⇒ [β−np− α] + 1 > β−n

p− ε and

(iii) N = max([J − n− α],−1) = [β−np− α] .

By the boundedness criterion (Lemma 5.13), T extends to a bounded operator on

Bαqp (W ). ¥

Remark 5.23 Note that the condition T ∗(yγ) = 0, |γ| ≤ N , can be very restrictive;

for example, the Hilbert transform does not satisfy this condition for |γ| > 0. On the

other hand, we have considered a general class of CZOs, not necessarily of convolution

type. Utilizing the convolution structure will let us drop the above condition.

Let N ∈ N ∪ {0} . Let T be a convolution operator, i.e., the kernel K(x, y) =

K(x− y) is defined on Rn�{0} and satisfies

(C.1) |K(x)| ≤ c

|x|n ,

(C.2) |DγK(x)| ≤ c

|x|n+|γ| , for |γ| ≤ N + 1,

(C.3)

R1<|x|<R2

K(x) dx = 0, for all 0 < R1 < R2 < ∞ .

Remark 5.24 We replace (IIN ) and (IIN+ε ) of the general CZO kernel with the

slightly stronger smoothness condition (C.2) to make the proof below more concise.

The reader can check that conditions corresponding to (IIN ) and (IIN+ε ) in the con-

volution case would suffice for the statements below.

Now we obtain an analog of Theorem 5.19 saying that T maps smooth atoms into

smooth molecules, and then we show the boundedness of T .

Theorem 5.25 Let 0 ≤ α < 1, 0 < ε ≤ 1, N ∈ N ∪ {0}. Let T be a convolution

operator with a kernel K satisfying (C.1)-(C.3). Then T maps any smooth N -atom

aQ into a fixed multiple of a smooth (ε, N + 1 + n,N)-molecule.

71

Page 79: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

More precisely, we will show that

(i)

∫xγTaQ(x) dx = 0, for |γ| ≤ N, and

(ii) |DγTaQ(x)| ≤ c |Q|−1/2−|γ|/n

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−(N+n+1)

for |γ| = 0, 1.

By the Mean Value Theorem, (ii) with |γ| = 1 implies the Lipschitz condition (M4)

for |γ| = 0.

Proof. To obtain (ii) we first consider x /∈ 10√

n Q . Then

|TaQ(x)|, | 5 TaQ(x)| =∣∣∣∣∣∣

|γ0|=0 or 1

3Q

Dγ0K(x− y) aQ(y) dy

∣∣∣∣∣∣

=

∣∣∣∣∣∣∑

|γ0|=0 or 1

3Q

[Dγ0K(x− y)

−∑

|γ|≤N−|γ0|

DγDγ0K(x− xQ)

γ!(xQ − y)γ

aQ(y) dy

∣∣∣∣∣∣(5.11)

since aQ is an N -atom, and thus, has N vanishing moments∫

yγaQ(y) dy = 0 for

|γ| ≤ N . Then (5.11) is bounded by

|γ0|=0 or 1

3Q

|γ|=N+1−|γ0|

|Dγ+γ0K(x− xQ + θ(y − xQ))|γ!

|xQ − y|N−|γ0|+1 |aQ(y)| dy,

for some 0 ≤ θ ≤ 1. Since x /∈ 10√

nQ and y ∈ 3Q , |y−xQ| ≤ 2√

n l(Q) ≤ 12|x−xQ| .

Using property (C.2) of the kernel K , we get

|DγK(x− xQ + θ(y − xQ))| ≤ c

|x− xQ + θ(y − xQ)|n+|γ| ≈c

|x− xQ|n+|γ| .

So,

|TaQ(x)|, | 5 TaQ(x)| ≤ cn,N

|x− xQ|n+N+1

3Q

|xQ − y|N−|γ0|+1 |aQ(y)| dy

≤ c[l(Q)]N−|γ0|+1

|x− xQ|n+N+1|Q|−1/2 |Q| = c |Q|−1/2−|γ0|/n

[l(Q)

|x− xQ|]n+N+1

,

by the properties of aQ .

72

Page 80: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

If x ∈ 10√

n Q and y ∈ 3Q , then |x − y| ≤ 13nl(Q), so by the cancellation

property (C.3) of K (using Dγ(K ∗ aQ) = K ∗ (DγaQ)), we obtain

|TaQ(x)|, | 5 TaQ(x)| ≤∑

|γ0|=0 or 1

∣∣∣∣∫

3Q

K(x− y) Dγ0aQ(y) dy

∣∣∣∣

=∑

|γ0|=0 or 1

∣∣∣∣∫

3Q

K(x− y) [Dγ0aQ(y)−Dγ0aQ(x)] dy

∣∣∣∣

≤ c

|y−x|≤13nl(Q)

1

|x− y|n |Q|−1/2−|γ0|/n−1/n |x− y| dy

≤ c |Q|−1/2−|γ0|/n−1/n

∫ 13nl(Q)

0

r−n r rn−1 dr = c |Q|−1/2−|γ0|/n.

This concludes the proof of (ii).

Property (i) comes from the fact that T is a convolution operator and aQ has

vanishing moments up to order N . Property (ii) guarantees the absolute convergence

of the integral in (i). ¥

Corollary 5.26 Convolution operators with kernels satisfying (C.1)-(C.3) are

bounded on Bαqp (W ) if W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3) and 0 ≤ α < ε ≤ 1, 0 < q < ∞,

1 < p < ∞. In particular, the Hilbert transform H (n = 1) is bounded on Bαqp (W )

and the Riesz transforms Rj , j = 1, ..., n (n ≥ 2), are bounded on Bαqp (W ).

Proof. This is an immediate consequence of Theorem 5.25 and Lemma 5.13:

choose N = [β−np− α] in Theorem 5.25; then T maps any smooth N -atom into a

smooth (ε,N +1+n,N)-molecule, which is either a smooth (ε,N +1+n,N)-molecule

for Bαqp (W ), if α ≤ β−n

p− [β−n

p] or an (ε,N + 1 + n,N − 1)-molecule for Bαq

p (W ), if

1 > α > β−np− [β−n

p] . Note that both Hilbert and Riesz transforms are convolution

type operators with kernels satisfying (C.1)-(C.3). ¥

73

Page 81: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 6

Application to Wavelets

Consider a pair (ϕ, ψ) from A with the mutual property (2.1). Then the family

{ϕQ, ψQ} behaves similarly to an orthonormal system because of the property

f =∑Q

〈f, ϕQ〉ψQ =∑Q

sQ ψQ for all f ∈ S ′/P .

However, this system does not constitute an orthonormal basis. This can be achieved

by the Meyer and Lemarie construction of a wavelet basis with the generating function

θ ∈ S (see [LM] and [M1]):

Theorem 6.1 There exist real-valued functions θ(i) ∈ S(Rn), i = 1, ..., 2n − 1, such

that the collection {θ(i)νk} = {2νn/2θ(i)(2νx − k)} is an orthonormal basis for L2(Rn).

The functions θ(i) satisfy

supp θ(i) ⊆{[−8

3π,

8

]n

\[−2

3π,

2

]n}

and, hence, ∫

Rxγθ(x) dx = 0 for all multi-indices γ.

Thus, we have f =2n−1∑i=1

∑Q

⟨f, θ

(i)Q

⟩θ

(i)Q for all f ∈ L2(Rn). This identity extends to

all f ∈ S ′/P(Rn).

74

Page 82: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Theorem 6.2 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞, and let W satisfy any of (A1)-

(A3). Let θ(i) , i = 1, ..., 2n − 1, be generating wavelet functions as in Theorem 6.1.

Then∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )≈

2n−1∑i=1

∥∥∥∥{⟨

~f, θ(i)Q

⟩}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

.

Proof. Assume i = 1, ..., 2n − 1. Since {θ(i)Q }Q,i is a family of smooth molecules

for Bαqp (W ), the inequality

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

≡∥∥∥∥∥∑Q,i

⟨~f, θ

(i)Q

⟩θ

(i)Q

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c∑

i

‖{⟨

~f, θ(i)Q

⟩}Q‖bαq

p (W ) (6.1)

follows immediately from Theorem 4.2. Therefore, we need to focus only on the

opposite direction.

Let ϕ ∈ A be such that∑

ν∈Z |ϕ(2νξ)|2 = 1 for ξ 6= 0. Let ~sQ =⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩.

Applying the boundedness of the ϕ-transform (Theorem 4.15), we obtain

∥∥∥{~sQ}Q

∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≤ c∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W ). (6.2)

Now for each i and Q , define ~t(i)

Q =⟨

~f, θ(i)Q

⟩. Since θ

(i)Q ∈ S , by the ϕ-transform

decomposition with ψ = ϕ , we have θ(i)Q =

∑P

⟨θ

(i)Q , ϕP

⟩ϕP , which gives

~t(i)

Q =∑

P

⟨θ

(i)Q , ϕP

⟩ ⟨~f, ϕP

⟩=

∑P

a(i)QP ~sP .

Since supp ϕP ∩ supp θ(i)Q 6= {∅} only if l(Q) = 2jl(P ) with j = 1, 2, 3, 4 (recall

that supp ϕP ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : 2µ−1 ≤ |ξ| ≤ 2µ+1} when l(P ) = 2−µ ), we see that

a(i)QP =

⟨θ

(i)Q , ϕP

⟩= 0 unless 2 ≤ l(Q)

l(P )≤ 16, in which case

|aQP | ≤ cM

(1 +

|xQ − xP |l(Q)

)−M

for each M > 0,

as was shown in [FJW], p. 72. Let M > np′ + β

p. Then A(i) :=

(a

(i)QP

)is an almost

diagonal matrix for each i , and, by Theorem 1.10,

‖{~t (i)Q }Q‖bαq

p (W ) ≤ c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp (W ). (6.3)

75

Page 83: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Combining (6.3) with (6.2) we get the opposite direction of (6.1). ¥

Corollary 6.3 Let {Nψ(i)}, i = 1, ..., 2n − 1, be a collection of Daubechies DN

generating wavelet functions for L2(Rn) with compact supports linearly dependent on

N (for more details, see [D]). Then for any ~f with fj ∈ S ′/P(Rn), j = 1, ...,m,

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

≈2n−1∑i=1

∥∥∥∥{⟨

~f, Nψ(i)Q

⟩}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

(6.4)

for sufficiently large N .

Proof. First, observe that there exists a constant c such that for all i = 1, ..., 2n−1, the functions

Nψ(i)

care smooth molecules, and so

{Nψ

(i)Q

c

}

Q

is a family of

smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ) if we choose N sufficiently large to have the necessary

smoothness and vanishing moments. Second, if ϕ ∈ A , then

(⟨Nψ

(i)Q , ϕP

⟩QP

)∈

adαqp (β) by (5.2). Applying these two facts in the proof of the previous theorem, we

get (6.4). ¥

76

Page 84: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 7

Duality

7.1 General facts on duality

An important tool that we need is the duality on lq(X) with X being a Banach space.

By definition lq(X), 0 < q < ∞ is the set of all sequences {fν}ν∈Z with fν ∈ X ,

ν ∈ Z such that

(∑

ν∈Z‖fν‖q

X

)1/q

< ∞ . If 1 ≤ q < ∞ , then (lq(X))∗ = lq′(X∗) (see

[D, Chapter 8]), and if g is a continuous linear functional on lq(X) identified with

{gν}ν∈Z ∈ lq′(X∗), then the duality is represented as

g(f) = (f, g) =∑

ν∈Z〈fν , gν〉X ,

where 〈fν , gν〉X = gν(fν) is the pairing between X and X∗ . We will mainly be

concerned with X = Lp , 1 ≤ p < ∞ , or Lp(W ), 1 < p < ∞ , and, thus, X∗ = Lp′ or

Lp′(W−p′/p), respectively, with the pairing 〈f, g〉X =∫ 〈f(x), g(x)〉H dx .

If 0 < q < 1, and X = Lp , 1 ≤ p < ∞ , then (lq(Lp))∗ = l∞(Lp′) (see [T, p.177])

and the pairing is defined as above.

7.2 Duality of sequence Besov spaces

Theorem 7.1 Let W be a matrix weight, α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 < p < ∞. Then

77

Page 85: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(i) b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p) ⊆

[bαqp (W )

]∗always

(ii)[bαqp (W )

]∗⊆ b−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p) if W ∈ Ap .

We will prove this theorem, which implies (1.12) of Theorem 1.17, in several steps.

The use of reducing operators is essential and helps to understand why certain con-

ditions on the weight W are necessary.

Proof of (i) of Theorem 7.1. For each ~t ∈ b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p) define a functional

lt on bαqp (W ) by

lt(~s ) = (~s,~t ) =∑

Q

⟨~sQ,~tQ

⟩H for any ~s = {~sQ}Q ∈ bαq

p (W ).

The calculations below show that this sum converges and lt ∈[bαqp (W )

]∗:

∣∣∣∣∣∑

Q

⟨~sQ,~tQ

⟩H

∣∣∣∣∣ ≤∑

ν∈Z

∑Q∈Qν

| ⟨~sQ,~tQ⟩H | =

ν∈Z

Rn

∑Q∈Qν

∣∣⟨~sQ,~tQ⟩H∣∣ |Q|−1χQ(t) dt

ν∈Z

Rn

∑Q∈Qν

|Q|−1∣∣⟨W−1/p(x) W 1/p(x)~sQ,~tQ

⟩H∣∣ χQ(x) dx. (7.1)

Using the self-adjointness of W and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, we bound (7.1)

by

ν∈Z

Rn

∑Q∈Qν

(|Q|−α

n− 1

2 χQ(x) ‖W 1/p(x)~sQ‖H)(|Q|αn− 1

2 χQ(x) ‖W−1/p(x)~tQ‖H)

dx.

Applying Holder’s inequality several times, we estimate lt(~s ) by

ν∈Z

Rn

( ∑Q∈Qν

(|Q|−α

n− 1

2 χQ(x) ‖W 1/p(x)~sQ‖H)p

) 1p

×( ∑

Q∈Qν

(|Q|αn− 1

2 χQ(x) ‖W−1/p(x)~tQ‖H)p′

) 1p′

dx

≤∑

ν∈Z

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|−αn− 1

2 χQ~sQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|αn− 12 χQ

~tQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp′ (W−p′/p)

(7.2)

78

Page 86: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

≤ ‖~s ‖bαqp (W ) ‖~t ‖b−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p),

for 1 < q < ∞ . In case of 0 < q ≤ 1, we bound (7.2) by ‖~s ‖bα1p (W ) ‖~t ‖b−α∞

p′ (W−p′/p) .

Since lq is embedded into l1 when 0 < q ≤ 1, we estimate the previous product by

‖~s ‖bαqp (W ) ‖~t ‖b−α∞

p′ (W−p′/p) . ¥

In terms of reducing operators (or using (1.10)) the previous lemma states

b−αq′p′ ({A#

Q}) ⊆[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗. (7.3)

If we follow along the lines of the proof again but instead of W−1/p(t) W 1/p(t) in (7.1)

use A−1Q AQ , then we obtain the following statement.

Lemma 7.2 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞ and {AQ}Q ∈ RSD . Then

b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ⊆[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗. (7.4)

In fact, if we have only proven (7.4), then (7.3) (and equivalently part (i) of Theorem

7.1) could have been obtained as a consequence of (7.4) and Corollary 4.20, i.e.,

b−αq′p′ ({A#

Q}) ⊆ b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ⊆[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗. (7.5)

Observe that (7.4) holds for any {AQ}Q ∈ RSD , not necessarily generated by W .

Now we will study the opposite embeddings. By Lemma 7.3 below, we will get

[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗⊆ b−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) (7.6)

without any additional assumptions on the sequence {AQ}Q . Note that combining

(7.4) and (7.6), we obtain (1.13). Applying Corollary 4.20 again, (7.6) is continued

as[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗⊆ b−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q })

Ap⊆ b−αq′p′ ({A#

Q}) ≈ b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p)

with the second embedding being held under Ap condition. Thus, the embedding (ii)

of Theorem 7.1 holds if W ∈ Ap .

79

Page 87: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Lemma 7.3 Let {AQ}Q ∈ RSD , α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Then (7.6) holds.

Proof. Let l ∈[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗. We show that there exists ~t ∈ b−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) such

that for any ~s ∈ bαqp ({AQ})

l(~s ) = (~s,~t ) =∑Q

⟨~sQ,~tQ

⟩H and ‖~t ‖

b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ≤ ‖l‖.

Let ~e(k)J denote a vector-valued sequence enumerated by dyadic cubes such that in

the kth component (kth row) of this vector the J th entry (corresponding to the dyadic

cube J ) is equal to 1 and all other entries are zero:

~e(k)J = (..., {0}Q, ..., {...0...1Jthentry...0...}Q − kthrow, ..., {0}Q, ...)T .

Now if ~s has only finitely many non-zero entries, i.e.,

~s =∑

Q finite

m∑

k=1

s(k)Q ~e

(k)Q ,

then by linearity

l(~s ) =∑

Q finite

m∑

k=1

s(k)Q l(~e

(k)Q ) =:

Q finite

m∑

k=1

s(k)Q t

(k)Q .

By continuity, since finitely non-zero sequences are dense (p, q < ∞), we get

l(~s ) =∑Q∈D

m∑

k=1

s(k)Q t

(k)Q =

∑Q∈D

⟨~sQ,~tQ

⟩H for any ~s ∈ bαq

p ({AQ}).

Now everything is set up to show that ~t : = ({t(1)Q }Q, {t(2)

Q }Q, ..., {t(m)Q }Q)T ∈

b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }). For ~s ∈ bαqp (Rm), set ~sQ = A−1

Q~s and define

l(~s ) := l({A−1Q

~sQ}Q) = l({~sQ}Q) =∑Q

⟨~sQ,~tQ

⟩H =

∑Q

⟨AQ~sQ, A−1

Q~tQ

⟩H

=∑

Q

⟨~sQ, ~tQ

⟩H

,

where ~tQ = A−1Q

~tQ . By above,

| l(~s )| ≤ c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) = c ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαq

p (Rm),

80

Page 88: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

i.e., l induces a continuous linear functional l on bαqp (Rm). By Lemma 7.4 below

{~tQ}Q ∈ b−αq′p′ (Rm). Since the inside Lp′ -norm of the b−αq′

p′ (Rm)-norm of ~t is

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|− 12~tQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp′

=

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|− 12‖A−1

Q~tQ‖HχQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp′

=

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|− 12~tQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp′ ({A−1

Q })

,

~t ∈ b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) and the lemma is proved. ¥

Lemma 7.4 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Then

[bαqp (Rm)

]∗≈ b−αq′

p′ (Rm). (7.7)

Proof. It suffices to show only the scalar case (m = 1) of (7.7), since ~s ∈ bαqp (Rm)

means that each component s(i) belongs to bαqp and by making zero all but one of the

components of an arbitrary ~s we obtain (7.7).

The embedding[bαqp

]∗⊇ b−αq′

p′ is a trivial application of Holder’s inequality plus

the embedding bαqp → bα1

p for q < 1, so we concentrate only on the opposite embed-

ding.

Suppose l ∈[bαqp

]∗. Using linearity and continuity, l can be represented by some

sequence {tQ}Q as l(s) =∑

Q sQtQ for any s = {sQ} ∈ bαqp and

|l(s)| =∣∣∣∣∣∑Q

sQtQ

∣∣∣∣∣ ≤ ‖l‖ ‖s‖bαqp

. (7.8)

Case q ≥ 1: For each ν ∈ Z let fν(s)(x) =∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|−αn− 1

2 sQχQ(x). Define a map

I : bαqp −→ lq(Lp) by I(s) = {fν(s)}ν∈Z . Observe that ‖I(s)‖lq(Lp) = ‖s‖bαq

p, in

other words, by the natural construction I is a linear isometry onto the subspace

I(bαqp ) of lq(Lp). Then l induces a continuous linear functional l on I(bαq

p ) ⊆ lq(Lp)

(continuous in lq(Lp)-norm) by l(I(s)) = l(s). Since lq(Lp) is a Banach space, by

the Hahn-Banach Theorem l extends to a continuous linear functional lext on all of

lq(Lp) by lext |I(bαqp )= l with ‖lext‖ = ‖l‖ ≤ ‖l‖ . Since [lq(Lp)]∗ = lq

′(Lp′), lext is

81

Page 89: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

represented by a sequence g = {gν}ν∈Z ∈ lq′(Lp′) with ‖g‖ = ‖{gν}ν‖lq′ (Lp′ ) ≤ ‖l‖

and

∑Q

sQtQ = l(s) = l({fν(s)}) =∑

ν∈Z

Rn

fν(s)(x)gν(x) dx, for any ~s ∈ bαqp ,

or∑Q

sQtQ =∑

ν∈Z

∑Q∈Qν

|Q|−αn− 1

2 sQ

Q

gν(x) dx.

Taking sQ = 0 for all but one cube, we get tQ = |Q|−αn

+ 12 < gν >Q . Using Holder’s

inequality, we have

‖t‖b−αq′p′

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

< gν >Q χQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp′

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥lq′

≤ ‖{~gν}ν‖lq′(Lp′ ) ≤ ‖l‖.

Case 0 < q < 1: Suppose 1 < p < ∞ . Fix ν ∈ Z and let Fν denote a finite

collection of cubes from Qν . Set τν =∑

Q∈Fν

(|Q|αn− 1

2+ 1

p′ |tQ|)p′

. Since the sum is

finite, τν < ∞ . Let sQ = |Q|(αn− 1

2+ 1

p′ )p′ |tQ|p′−2 tQ , if Q ∈ Fν and tQ 6= 0; otherwise

let sQ = 0. Note that ‖{sQ}Q‖bαqp

= τ1/pν . Observe that

∑Q sQtQ = τν and by (7.8)

τν ≤ ‖l‖ ‖s‖bαqp

= ‖l‖ τ1/pν . Since τν is finite, we get τ

1/p′ν ≤ ‖l‖ and the estimate

holds independently of the collection Fν taken. Hence, we can pass to the limit from

Fν to Qν . Then,

‖t‖b−α∞p′

= supν∈Z

( ∑Q∈Qν

(|Q|αn− 1

2+ 1

p′ |tQ|)p′

)1/p′

= supν∈Z

τ 1/p′ν ≤ ‖l‖ or t ∈ b−α∞

p′ .

Now assume p = 1. Fix P ∈ D and set s(P ) ={

s(P )Q

}Q

by s(P )Q = |Q|αn− 1

2 sgn tQ

if Q = P and s(P )Q = 0 otherwise. Then

∥∥∥∥{

s(P )Q

}Q

∥∥∥∥bαq1

= 1 and |P |αn− 12 |tP | =

∑Q

s(P )Q tQ = l

(s(P )

) ≤ ‖l‖∥∥∥∥{

s(P )Q

}Q

∥∥∥∥bαq1

= ‖l‖ for any P ∈ D . Hence,

‖t‖b−α∞∞ = supP∈D

|P |αn− 12 |tP | ≤ ‖l‖ or t ∈ b−α∞

∞ .

¥

82

Page 90: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

7.3 Equivalence of sequence and discrete averag-

ing Besov spaces

In this section we discuss norm equivalence between Bαqp ({AQ}) and bαq

p ({AQ}). We

suppose α ∈ R , 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 1 ≤ p < ∞ for all statements in this section. If

q = ∞ , then set q′ = 1.

Lemma 7.5 If {AQ} is a doubling sequence of order p, then for ~sQ =⟨

~f, ϕQ

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαq

p ({AQ}). (7.9)

Proof. Note that ~sQ = |Q|1/2(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk) for Q = Qνk , where ϕ(x) = ϕ(−x).

Let ‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) =:

∥∥{J1/p

ν

∥∥lαq

, where

Jν =∑

k∈Zn

Qνk

‖AQνk(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk)‖p dx. (7.10)

Since ϕν ∗ ~f ∈ Eν , Lemma 4.9 implies

(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk) =∑

l∈Zn

(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νl + x) γ(k − l − 2νx), x ∈ Qνk

for some γ ∈ Γ. Then

Jν ≤∑

k∈Zn

Qνk

(∑

l∈Zn

‖AQνk(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νl + x)‖ |γ(k − l − 2νx)|

)p

dx

≤ c∑

k∈Zn

Qνk

(∑

l∈Zn

‖AQνk(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νl + x)‖

(1 + |k − l − 2νx|M)p

dx for some M > β + n.

Using the discrete Holder inequality and the fact that M > n , we bring the pth power

inside the sum on l . Furthermore, since {AQ}Q is doubling, (1.7) implies

‖AQνk~u ‖p ≤ c (1 + |l|)β ‖AQν(k+l)

~u ‖p, for any ~u ∈ H. (7.11)

Thus,

Jν ≤ c∑

k∈Zn

Qνk

l∈Zn

(1 + |l|)β‖AQν(k+l)(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νl + x)‖p

(1 + |k − l − 2νx|)Mdx.

83

Page 91: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Changing variable (t = x + 2−νl) and reindexing the sum on l , we get

Jν ≤ c∑

k∈Zn

Qνl

l∈Zn

(1 + |k − l|)β−M‖AQνl(ϕν ∗ ~f )(t)‖p dt

≤ c∑

l∈Zn

Qνl

‖AQνl(ϕν ∗ ~f )(t)‖p dt = c ‖ϕν ∗ ~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν)

(the sum on k converges since M − β > n). Thus,

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({AQ}) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαq

p ({AQ},ϕ).

Now we need an independence of the space Bαqp ({AQ}) on the choice of ϕ (or ϕ). We

apply the same strategy as in Theorem 4.15, namely, we use the proof of Corollary

7.10 below, which will imply that the last expression is equivalent to c ‖~f ‖Bαqp ({AQ},ϕ)

and, thus, (7.9) is proved. ¥

Corollary 7.6 If {AQ} is a doubling sequence of order p, then for ~sQ =⟨

~f, ϕQ

‖{~sQ}Q‖bαqp ({A−1

Q }) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαqp ({A−1

Q }). (7.12)

and

‖{~sQ}Q‖b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ≤ c ‖~f ‖B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }). (7.13)

Proof. For (7.12) repeat the previous proof with each AQ replaced by A−1Q and

instead of the estimate (7.11) use

‖A−1Qνk

~u ‖p ≤ c (1 + |l|)β ‖A−1Qν(k+l)

~u ‖p, for any u ∈ H, (7.14)

which follows from the doubling property (1.7) and duality ‖A−1Q ~u ‖ = sup

~v 6=0

|(~u,~v )|‖AQ~v ‖ .

For (7.13) use the obvious replacements for α , p , q and AQ . If 1 < p < ∞ , choose

M > βp′/p + n and replace (7.11) by

‖A−1Qνk

~u ‖p′ ≤ c (1 + |l|)βp′/p ‖A−1Qν(k+l)

~u ‖p′ , for any ~u ∈ H, (7.15)

84

Page 92: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

which is obtained from (7.14) by raising to the power p′/p . If p = 1 (p′ = ∞), then

replace (7.10) with the L∞ -norm:

Jν = supx∈Rn

k∈Zn

‖A−1Qνk

(ϕν ∗ ~f )(2−νk)‖χQνk(x)

and use (7.14) instead of (7.11) to get

Jν ≤ c supt∈Rn

l∈Zn

‖A−1Qνl

(ϕν ∗ ~f )(t)‖χQνl(t) = c ‖ϕν ∗ ~f ‖L∞({A−1

Q },ν).

¥

Lemma 7.7 Suppose {AQ}Q is a doubling sequence of order p. Then

‖~f ‖Bαqp ({AQ}) ≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQ(~f )

}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

. (7.16)

Proof. Using ~f =∑

Q

~sQ(~f )ψQ , we get

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q

~sQ(~f )ψQ

∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p ({AQ})

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

µ∈Z

l(P )=2−ν

P

l(Q)=2−µ

‖AP~sQ‖|(ϕν ∗ ψQ)(x)|

p

dx

1/p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

l(P )=2−ν

P

l(Q)=2−µ

‖AP~sQ‖|(ϕν ∗ ψQ)(x)|

p

dx

1/p

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lαq

=:∥∥{

J1/pν

∥∥lαq

,

since ϕν ∗ ψQ = 0 if |µ− ν| > 1. Using the convolution estimates (4.2) and (4.3), we

get (for any M > 0)

|(ϕν∗ψQ)(x)| ≤ cM |Q|−1/2(1+2ν |x−xQ|)−M , if µ = ν−1, ν, ν+1. (7.17)

85

Page 93: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

If 1 < p < ∞ , choose M = M1 + M2 with M1 > β/p + n/p and M2 > n/p′ ;

if p = 1, let M = M1 > β + n . Then applying the above estimate and Holder’s

inequality, we obtain

Jν ≤ c

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

l(P )=2−ν

l(Q)=2−µ

‖AP~sQ‖p |P | |Q|−p/2 (1 + 2ν |xP − xQ|)−M1p.

Shifting AP to AQ by doubling, we get

Jν ≤ c

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−p/2 ‖AQ~sQ‖p |Q|∑

l(P )=2−ν

cβ (1 + 2ν |xP − xQ|)−M1p+β.

Applying Lemma 4.4 (Summation Lemma) to the sum on P , we have

Jν ≤ c

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−p/2 ‖AQ~sQ‖p |Q| = c

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−µ

|Q|−1/2 ~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp({AQ},µ)

.

Combining the estimates for all Jν and reindexing when necessary, we get

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp ({AQ})

≤ 3 c

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|−1/2~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp({AQ},ν)

ν

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

= c ‖{~sQ}‖bαqp ({AQ}).

¥

Remark 7.8 Theorem 1.18 is obtained by combining Lemmas 7.5 and 7.7.

Corollary 7.9 If {AQ}Q is doubling (of order p), then

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp ({A−1

Q })≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQ(~f )

}Q

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({A−1

Q })(7.18)

and

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

B−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q })≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQ(~f )

}Q

∥∥∥∥b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }). (7.19)

Proof. For (7.18) use the previous proof with the following shifting of AP to AQ

(similar to (7.14)):

‖A−1P ~sQ ‖p ≤ cn,β,p (1 + 2ν |xP − xQ|)β ‖A−1

Q ~sQ ‖p, (7.20)

86

Page 94: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

where l(P ) = 2−ν and l(Q) = 2−µ with µ = ν − 1, ν or ν + 1; for (7.19) use the

above proof with the indices −α , q′ , p′ ; if 1 < p < ∞ , take M > βp′/p + n and

apply (7.20) raised to the power p′/p ; if p′ = ∞ , then

Jν ≤ supx∈Rn

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

l(P )=2−ν

l(Q)=2−µ

‖A−1P ~sQ‖ |(ϕν ∗ ψQ)(x)|χP (x).

Using the convolution estimate (7.17) (with M = M1 > β +n) and (7.20) for shifting

A−1P to A−1

Q , we get

Jν ≤ c

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−µ

∥∥A−1Q ~sQ

∥∥ χQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥L∞

,

which gives (7.19). ¥

Corollary 7.10 The spaces Bαqp ({AQ}), Bαq

p ({A−1Q }) and B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) are inde-

pendent of the choice of the admissible kernel, if {AQ}Q is doubling (of order p).

Proof. Repeat the proof of Theorem 1.8 with W replaced by AQ and use Lemmas

7.5 and 7.7 for the space Bαqp ({AQ}); for the space Bαq

p ({A−1Q }) apply (7.12) and

(7.18); and for the space B−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) use (7.13) and (7.19). ¥

7.4 Properties of averaging Lp spaces

In this section we study the connection between Lp({AQ}, ν) and Lp(W ) and the

dual of Lp({AQ}, ν).

Lemma 7.11 Let W be a doubling matrix weight of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Then for

~f ∈ Eν , ν ∈ Z

‖~f ‖Lp(W ) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν), (7.21)

where {AQ}Q is a sequence of reducing operators generated by W and c is independent

of ν .

87

Page 95: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Proof. Using the notation Wν(t) = W (2−νt) and ~fν(t) = ~f(2−νt), we write

‖~f ‖pLp(W ) =

k∈Zn

Qνk

‖W 1/p(t)~f(t)‖p dt =∑

k∈Zn

2−νn

Q0k

‖W 1/pν (t)~fν(t)‖p dt.

Since ~fν ∈ E0 , there exists γ ∈ Γ such that ~fν = ~fν ∗ γ . Using the decay of γ and

Holder’s inequality, we get

‖~f ‖pLp(W ) ≤

k∈Zn

2−νn

Q0k

m∈Zn

Q0m

‖W 1/p(t)~fν(y)‖p

(1 + |m− k|)Mdy dt,

for some M > β + n . Observe that ‖AQνk~fν(y)‖p ≈ ∫

Q0k‖W 1/p

ν (t)~fν(y)‖p dt . Using

the doubling property of W to shift AQνkto AQνm (see (7.11)), we bound the previous

line by

c∑

m∈Zn

k∈Zn

2−νn

Q0m

(1 + |m− k|)−(M−β)‖AQνm~fν(y)‖p dy

≤ c∑

m∈Zn

Q0m

‖AQνm~fν(y)‖p dy,

where the sum on k converges, since M > β + n . Changing variables x = 2−νy , we

get the desired inequality (7.21). ¥

Corollary 7.12 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 1 ≤ p < ∞. If W is doubling (of order

p) and {AQ}Q is a sequence of reducing operators generated by W , then

Bαqp ({AQ}) ⊆ Bαq

p (W ).

Proof. Since ϕν ∗ ~f ∈ Eν , the previous lemma implies

‖~f ‖Bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥{

2να∥∥∥ϕν ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp(W )

}

ν

∥∥∥∥lq

≤ c

∥∥∥∥{

2να∥∥∥ϕν ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp({AQ},ν)

}

ν

∥∥∥∥lq

= c ‖~f ‖Bαqp ({AQ}).

¥

88

Page 96: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Lemma 7.13 Let 1 < p < ∞ and W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3). Suppose ~f ∈ Eν ,

ν ∈ Z. Then

‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Lp(W ), (7.22)

where {AQ}Q is a sequence of reducing operators produced by W and c is independent

of ν .

Proof. Using the definition of reducing operators, we write

‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν) ≈∑

k∈Zn

Qνk

1

|Qνk|∫

Qνk

‖W 1/p(t)~f(x) ‖p dt dx

=∑

k∈Zn

Q0k

Qνk

‖W 1/p(t)~fν(y) ‖p dt dy,

by changing variables x = 2−νy and denoting ~fν(y) = ~f(2−νy). Note that ~fν ∈ E0 .

Applying the decomposition of an exponential type function (Lemma 4.8) to ~fν =

~fν ∗ γ for γ ∈ Γ and Holder’s inequality (choose M > β + n), the last expression is

bounded by

c∑

k∈Zn

Q0k

Qνk

m∈Zn

‖W 1/p(t)~fν(m)‖p

(1 + |y −m|)Mdt dy

≤ c∑

m∈Zn

k∈Zn

1

(1 + |k −m|)M−β

Q0k

Qνm

‖W 1/p(t)~fν(m)‖p dt dy,

by applying the doubling property of W (any of (A1)-(A3) imply that W is doubling).

Integrating on y and summing on k (M > β + n), we obtain

‖~f‖pLp({AQ},ν) ≤ c

m∈Zn

Qνm

‖W 1/p(t)~fν(m)‖p dt

= c 2−νn∑

m∈Zn

Q0m

‖W 1/pν (t)~fν(m)‖p dt,

again by changing variables. Now applying Lemma 4.12 and Lemma 4.14 (this

is where (A1)-(A3) come into play), we bound the above by c 2−νn ‖~fν ‖pLp(Wν) =

c ‖~f ‖pLp(W ) , which gives (7.22). ¥

89

Page 97: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Corollary 7.14 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 1 < p < ∞. If W satisfies any of

(A1)-(A3) and {AQ}Q is a sequence of reducing operators generated by W , then

Bαqp (W ) ⊆ Bαq

p ({AQ}).

Proof. As in the proof of Corollary 7.12, use the fact that ϕν ∗ ~f ∈ Eν and

Lemma 7.13. ¥

Remark 7.15 Combining Corollaries 7.12 and 7.14, we have Lemma 1.19.

In order to establish the dual of Lp({AQ}, ν), 1 < p < ∞ , we consider the following

idea:

‖~f ‖pLp({AQ},ν) =

∑Q∈Qν

Q

‖AQ~f(x)‖p

H dx =

Rn

( ∑Q∈Qν

‖AQ~f(x)‖HχQ(x)

)p

dx

=

Rn

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

AQχQ(x)~f(x)

∥∥∥∥∥

p

H

dx =:

Rn

∥∥∥U1/pν (x)~f(x)

∥∥∥p

Hdx = ‖~f ‖p

Lp(Uν),

i.e., Lp({AQ}, ν) = Lp(Uν), where Uν(x) =∑

Q∈Qν

ApQχQ(x) is a matrix weight. Since

the dual [Lp(Uν)]∗ can be identified with Lp′(U∗

ν ) with U1/pν (x) = (U∗

ν )−1/p′(x) (e.g.

see [NT] or [V]), i.e., U∗ν (x) =

∑Q∈Qν

A−p′Q χQ(x), we obtain

‖~f ‖p′

Lp′ (U∗ν )=

Rn

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

A−1Q χQ(x)~f(x)

∥∥∥∥∥

p′

H

dx

=∑

Q∈Qν

Q

‖A−1Q

~f(x)‖p′H dx = ‖~f ‖p′

Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν)

,

or

[Lp({AQ}, ν)]∗ ≈ Lp′({A−1Q }, ν). (7.23)

If p = 1, then the standard duality argument gives [L1({AQ}, ν)]∗ ≈ L∞({A−1Q }, ν).

The details are left to the reader.

90

Page 98: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

7.5 Convolution estimates

The boundedness of the convolution operator with a decaying kernel on averaging

Lp({AQ}, ν) will be helpful in the next section. We establish it here.

Lemma 7.16 Let |Φ(t)| ≤ c

(1 + |t|)Mfor some M > β/p + n and for ν ∈ Z define

Φν(t) = 2νnΦ(2νt). Let {AQ}Q be a doubling matrix sequence of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞.

Fix λ, µ, ν ∈ Z. Then

(i) ‖Φµ ∗ ~f ‖Lp({AQ},λ) ≤ c0 (c1)λ−ν(c2)

µ−ν‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν) ,

(ii) ‖Φµ ∗ ~f ‖Lp({A−1Q },λ) ≤ c0 (c3)

λ−ν(c2)µ−ν‖~f ‖Lp({A−1

Q },ν) ,

where c1 = 2n/pχ{λ>ν} + 2(n−β)/pχ{λ≤ν} , c2 = 2nχ{µ>ν} + 2n−Mχ{µ≤ν} , c3 =

2(β−n)/pχ{λ>ν} + 2−n/pχ{λ≤ν} , and c0 is independent of λ, µ and ν .

Proof. Using the decay of Φ, namely, |Φµ(x−y)| ≤ c k22νn

(1 + 2ν |x− y|)M, where

k2 = 2(µ−ν)nχ{µ>ν} + 2(ν−µ)(M−n)χ{µ≤ν} , we have

‖Φµ ∗ ~f ‖pLp({AQ},λ) =

∑Q∈Qλ

Q

‖AQ(Φµ ∗ ~f )(x)‖p dx

≤∑

Q∈Qλ

Q

(∫

Rn

‖AQ~f(y) ‖ |Φµ(x− y)| dy

)p

dx

≤ c∑

Q∈Qλ

Q

(∫

Rn

k2 2νn‖AQ~f(y) ‖

(1 + 2ν |x− y|)Mdy

)p

dx

≈ c∑

k∈Zn

Qλk

( ∑

m∈Zn

Qνm

k2 2νn‖AQλk~f(y)‖

(1 + 2ν |x− xQνm|)Mdy

)p

dx.

Since {AQ}Q is doubling, we “shift” AQλkto AQνm :

‖AQλk~f(y) ‖ ≤ c k1(1+2ν |x−xQνm |)β/p ‖AQνm

~f(y) ‖, for x ∈ Qλk, (7.24)

91

Page 99: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

where k1 = 2(λ−ν)n/pχ{λ>ν} + 2(ν−λ)(β−n)/pχ{λ≤ν} . Substituting (7.24) into the convo-

lution estimate, we get

‖Φµ ∗ ~f ‖pLp({AQ},λ) ≤ c

Rn

( ∑

m∈Zn

Qνm

k1k22νn‖AQνm

~f(y)‖(1 + |2νx−m|)M−β/p

dy

)p

dx.

Using the discrete Holder inequality on the sum inside and then Jensen’s inequality

to bring pth power inside of the integral (if p > 1), the last line is bounded above by

c kp1 kp

2

Rn

(∑

l∈Zn

1

(1 + |2νx− l|)M−β/p

)p/p′ ( ∑

m∈Zn

Qνm

2νn‖AQνm~f(y)‖p

(1 + |2νx−m|)M−β/pdy

)dx

≤ c kp1 kp

2

m∈Zn

Rn

2νn

(1 + |2νx−m|)M−β/p

Qνm

‖AQνm~f(y)‖p dy dx,

since M−β/p > n , the sum on l converges (independently of x). Changing variables

(t = 2νx) and observing that the integral on t converges (independently of m), again

since M − β/p > n , we obtain

‖Φµ ∗ ~f ‖pLp({AQ},µ) ≤ c kp

1 kp2

m∈Zn

Qνm

‖AQνm~f(y)‖p dy.

Put c1 = k1/(λ−ν)1 and c2 = k

1/(µ−ν)2 . Then part (i) is proved.

For the second part observe that (1.7) (“shift” AQνm to AQλk) together with

‖A−1Q ~v ‖ = sup

~u6=0

|(~v, ~u )|‖AQ~u ‖ imply

‖A−1Qλk

~f(y) ‖ ≤ c k3(1 + 2ν |x− xQνm|)β/p‖A−1Qνm

~f(y) ‖, x ∈ Qλk, (7.25)

where k3 = 2(λ−ν)(β−n)/pχ{λ>ν}+2(ν−λ)n/pχ{λ≤ν} . Note that (7.25) is similar to (7.24),

so previous estimates with each AQ replaced by A−1Q prove (ii) with c3 = k

1/(λ−ν)3 .

¥

Remark 7.17 Recall that ‖A−1Q ~u ‖ ≤ c ‖A#

Q~u ‖ for any ~u ∈ H (since ‖(A#QAQ)−1‖ ≤

c). Suppose that W−p′/p is a doubling matrix of order p′ , 1 < p′ < ∞, with the

92

Page 100: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

doubling exponent β∗ (instead of the assumption that W is doubling of order p).

Then

‖A−1Qλk

~f(y) ‖ ≤ c ‖A#Qλk

~f(y) ‖ ≤ c k∗1(1 + 2ν |x− xQνm|)β∗/p′‖A#Qνm

~f(y) ‖,

(where k∗1 = 2(λ−ν)n/p′χ{λ>ν} + 2(ν−λ)(β∗−n)/p′χ{λ≤ν} , i.e., k1 with β replaced by β∗

and p by p′ ) holds instead of (7.24). Choosing M > β∗/p′+n in the previous lemma,

we get

(iii) ‖Φµ ∗ ~f ‖Lp({A−1Q },λ) ≤ c0 (c∗1)

λ−ν(c2)µ−ν ‖~f ‖Lp({A#

Q},ν) , 1 < p < ∞.

Remark 7.18 A similar convolution estimate can be proved for Lp(W ) spaces, 1 <

p < ∞:

‖Φ ∗ ~f ‖Lp(W ) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Lp(W ). (7.26)

Recall that if Φ were to be a Calderon-Zygmund singular kernel K , then ‖K ∗~f ‖Lp(W ) ≤ c ‖~f ‖Lp(W ) if W ∈ Ap (see [NT], [TV1], [V]). Conversely, if (7.26)

holds for every Φ ∈ S , then W ∈ Ap is necessary (see the scalar case below).

Before we show the necessity of the Ap condition, we demonstrate that, for exam-

ple, having just a doubling weight is not sufficient for (7.26).

Example 7.19 Suppose w is a doubling scalar measure such that there exist E ⊂[0, 1] with 0 6= |E| = α < 1 but w(E) = 0. Such a measure exists (cf. [St2] or [FM]).

Let ϕ = χ[−1,1] . Choose f = χE . Then ‖f‖Lp(w) = 0.

Now (ϕ ∗ f)(x) =∫[x−1,x+1]

χE(t) dt = |[x − 1, x + 1] ∩ E|. So if x ∈ [0, 1], then

(ϕ ∗ f)(x) = |E| = α and if x /∈ [−1, 2], then (ϕ ∗ f)(x) = 0.

Thus, ‖ϕ∗f‖pLp(w) =

∫[−1,0]∪[1,2]

|(ϕ∗f)(x)|pw(x) dx+∫[0,1]�E

αpw(x) dx > 0, since

the second term is for sure positive.

93

Page 101: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Proposition 7.20 Let w be a scalar weight and 1 < p < ∞. Suppose that for every

Φ ∈ S the inequality

‖Φ ∗ f ‖Lp(w) ≤ CΦ ‖f ‖Lp(w) (7.27)

holds for any f ∈ Lp(w). Then

(1

|I|∫

I

w(y) dy

) (1

|I|∫

I

w−p′/p(y) dy

)p/p′

≤ c (7.28)

holds for any interval of side length l(I) ≤ cΦ , where cΦ is determined by Φ.

Remark 7.21 Observe that if (7.28) holds for any interval, then w ∈ Ap .

Proof of Proposition 7.20. Choose Φ ∈ S such that Φ(x) ≥ 1 for x ∈ [−2, 2].

Take f ≥ 0. Then (Φ ∗ f)(x) ≥∫

[x−2,x+2]

f(y) dy for x ∈ [−2, 2].

Consider I1, I2 ∈ D such that l(Ii) = 1, i = 1, 2, and I2 is right adjacent to

I1 . Let f = χI1 . Then for x ∈ I2 , we have (Φ ∗ f)(x) ≥∫

[x−2,x+2]

χI1(y) dy = 1,

and so ‖Φ ∗ f‖pLp(w) ≥

I2

w(y) dy . Also ‖f‖pLp(w) =

I1

w(y) dy . By (7.27) we get∫

I2

w(y) dy ≤ (CΦ) p

I1

w(y) dy . By symmetry (suppose x ∈ I1 ), we get

I1

w(y) dy ≤ (CΦ) p

I2

w(y) dy. (7.29)

Note that the above two inequalities say that w is at least doubling.

Next, let f(y) = w−p′/p(y) χI1(y). Then for x ∈ I2 , we have (Φ ∗ f)(x) =∫

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy , and so ‖Φ ∗ f‖pLp(w) ≥

I2

w(y) dy

(∫

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy

)p

. Also

‖f‖pLp(w) =

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy . Again by (7.27),

I2

w(y) dy

(∫

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy

)p

≤ (CΦ) p

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy.

Substituting (7.29) and simplifying, we get

(∫

I1

w(y) dy

) (∫

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy

)p/p′

≤ (CΦ) 2p,

94

Page 102: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

which is the scalar Ap condition for intervals of side length 1 (since I1 was arbitrary).

Now, let l(I1) = l(I2) = 2−ν , ν ≥ 0. Repeating the same argument as above

with f = χI1 and using symmetry, we get

I1

w(y) dy ≤ (2ν CΦ) p

I2

w(y) dy . Us-

ing f = w−p′/p χI1 again as before, we obtain

I2

w(y) dy

(∫

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy

)p

(2ν CΦ) p

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy , and thus,

(1

|I1|∫

I1

w(y) dy

) (1

|I1|∫

I1

w−p′/p(y) dy

)p/p′

≤ (CΦ) 2p,

which gives (7.28) for intervals of side length ≤ 1 (cΦ = 1 in this case). ¥

7.6 Duality of continuous Besov spaces

Now we shift our attention to continuous Besov spaces and our task is to construct[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗

and eventually[Bαq

p (W )]∗

.

Lemma 7.22 Let {AQ}Q be a doubling matrix sequence of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Let

α ∈ R and 0 < q < ∞. Then

B−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ⊆[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗

. (7.30)

Proof. Take ϕ, ψ ∈ A with the mutual property (2.1). Let ψ(x) = ψ(−x).

Note that ˆψ(ξ) = ψ(ξ). Let ~f ∈ Bαqp ({AQ}) and ~g ∈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }). First consider

S0 = {f ∈ S : 0 /∈ supp f} a dense subspace of Bαqp ({AQ}) (see Appendix) and take

~f with (~f)i ∈ S0 , i = 1, ..., m (and ~g with (~g)i ∈ S ′ ). Then

~g =∑

ν∈Z~g ∗ (ϕν ∗ ψν), since

ν∈Z(ϕν ∗ ψν)

ˆ(ξ) = 1, by (2.1),

and

~g (~f ) =∑

ν∈Z

(~g ∗ (ϕν ∗ ψν)

)(~f ) =

ν∈Z(~g ∗ (ϕν ∗ ψν), ~f )

95

Page 103: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

=∑

ν∈Z

((~g ∗ ϕν), (~f ∗ ψν)

)=

ν∈Z

Rn

⟨(~g ∗ ϕν)(x), (~f ∗ ψν)(x)

⟩H

dx

=∑

ν∈Z

∑Q∈Qν

Q

⟨AQA−1

Q (~g ∗ ϕν)(x), (~f ∗ ψν)(x)⟩H

dx

≤∑

ν∈Z

∑Q∈Qν

Rn

‖A−1Q (~g ∗ ϕν)(x)‖H ‖AQ(~f ∗ ψν)(x)‖HχQ(x) dx,

by the self-adjointness of each AQ and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality. Using Holder’s

inequality several times, we obtain

|~g (~f )| ≤∑

ν∈Z2να

∥∥∥(~f ∗ ψν)∥∥∥

Lp({AQ},ν)· 2−να ‖(~g ∗ ϕν)‖Lp′ ({A−1

Q },ν) (7.31)

≤∥∥∥{

2να‖(~f ∗ ψν)‖Lp({AQ},ν)

∥∥∥lq

∥∥∥{

2−να‖(~g ∗ ϕν)‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν)

∥∥∥lq′ , if 1 < q < ∞,

and if 0 < q ≤ 1, we bound (7.31) by

∥∥∥{

2να‖(~f ∗ ψν)‖Lp({AQ},ν)

∥∥∥l1

∥∥∥{

2−να‖(~g ∗ ϕν)‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν)

∥∥∥l∞

≤∥∥∥{

2να‖(~f ∗ ψν)‖Lp({AQ},ν)

∥∥∥lq

∥∥∥{

2−να‖(~g ∗ ϕν)‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν)

∥∥∥l∞

.

Combining cases and using the independence of Bαqp ({AQ}) and B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) on

the choice of the admissible kernel if {AQ}Q is doubling (Corollary 7.10), we get

|~g (~f )| ≤ ‖~f‖Bαqp ({AQ}) ‖~g ‖B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }).

Since S0 is dense in Bαqp ({AQ}), we get the above inequality for any ~f ∈ Bαq

p ({AQ}).Thus, ~g ∈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) belongs to

[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗

and ‖~g ‖oper ≤ ‖~g ‖B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) .

¥

Lemma 7.23 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞ and {AQ}Q be a doubling

sequence of order p Then

[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗⊆ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }). (7.32)

96

Page 104: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Proof. Let l ∈[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗

. We show that there exists ~g ∈ B−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q })such that l(~f ) = ~g (~f ) = (~f,~g ) for any ~f ∈ Bαq

p ({AQ}).Case 1 ≤ q < ∞ . Take ~f ∈ Bαq

p ({AQ}), and for any ν ∈ Z denote ~fν = ~f ∗ ϕν .

Set T by T ({~fν}ν) = l(~f ), so T is defined on a subspace of lαq (Lp({AQ}, ν)) Since l

is bounded, so is T :

|T ({~fν}ν)| = |l(~f )| ≤ c ‖~f ‖Bαqp ({AQ}) = c ‖{~fν}ν‖lαq (Lp({AQ},ν)).

Extend T , denote the extension T , onto all of lαq (Lp({AQ}, ν)) (note: q ≥ 1).

Since [lq(X)]∗ ≈ lq′(X∗) (refer to Section 7.2 or [D, Ch.8]),

[lαq (Lp({AQ}, ν))

]∗

≈ l−αq′ ([Lp({AQ}, ν)]∗) ≈ l−α

q′ (Lp′({A−1Q }, ν)) by (7.23). Thus, there exists a vector-

valued sequence {~gν}ν∈Z ∈ l−αq′ (Lp′({A−1

Q }, ν)) such that ‖{~gν}ν∈Z‖l−αq′ (Lp′ ({A−1

Q },ν)) ≤‖l‖ and for any ~f ∈ Bαq

p ({AQ})

l(~f ) = T ({~fν}) = T ({~fν}) = {~gν}({~fν}) =∑

ν∈Z

Rn

⟨~fν(x), ~gν(x)

⟩H

dx

=∑

ν∈Z

Rn

〈(f ∗ ϕν)(x), ~gν(x)〉H dx =∑

ν∈Z

Rn

⟨~f(x), (~gν ∗ ϕν)(x)

⟩H

dx.

Define ~g(x) =∑

ν∈Z(~gν ∗ ϕν)(x). Then l(~f ) = (~f,~g ). Moreover, for any ψ ∈ A (by

Corollary 7.10)

‖~g ‖B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) ≈

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

∥∥∥∥∥∑

ν∈Z~gν ∗ ϕν ∗ ψµ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp′ ({A−1

Q },µ)

µ

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥l−αq′

≤∥∥∥∥∥∥

{∑

ν∈Z‖~gν ∗ ϕν ∗ ψµ‖Lp′ ({A−1

Q },µ)

}

µ

∥∥∥∥∥∥l−αq′

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

{µ+1∑

ν=µ−1

‖~gν ∗ ϕν ∗ ψµ‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },µ)

}

µ

∥∥∥∥∥∥l−αq′

,

97

Page 105: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

since supp ψµ ⊆ {ξ : 2µ−1 ≤ |ξ| ≤ 2µ+1} and so ϕν∗ψµ = 0 if |µ−ν| > 1. Reindexing

the inner sum, we get

‖~g ‖q′

B−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ≤ c∑

µ∈Z2−µαq′

1∑j=−1

‖~gµ+j ∗ ϕµ ∗ ψµ+j‖q′

Lp′ ({A−1Q },µ)

.

Since {AQ}Q is doubling and sum on j is finite, we apply Lemma 7.16 (ii) to get

‖~g ‖B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) ≤ c′

∥∥∥∥{

2−µα‖~gµ‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },µ)

∥∥∥∥lq′≤ ‖l‖.

Case 0 < q < 1. Take ~f with (~f)i ∈ S0 . Since ϕ ∈ S0 , for ν ∈ Z by definition of

convolution and then boundedness of l , we have

|(l ∗ ϕν)(~f )| = |l(~f ∗ ϕν)| ≤ ‖l‖ ‖~f ∗ ϕν‖Bαqp ({AQ}). (7.33)

Note that each component of l ∗ ϕν is a C∞ -function and also ‖~f ∗ ϕν‖Bαqp ({AQ}) ≤

2να

ν+1∑µ=ν−1

‖~f ∗ ϕν‖Lp({AQ},µ) ≤ c 2να‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν) by Lemma 7.16 (i). Substituting this

estimate into (7.33), we get |(l ∗ ϕν)(~f )| ≤ c 2να‖l‖ ‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν) . By duality,

2−να‖l ∗ ϕν‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν) = 2−να sup

~f∈S0

|(l ∗ ϕν)(~f )|‖~f ‖Lp({AQ},ν)

≤ c ‖l‖,

i.e., the functional l ∗ ϕν can be associated with a function ~gν ∈ Lp′({A−1Q }, ν) such

that 2−να· ‖~gν‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν) ≤ c ‖l‖ . Let ~g =

∑ν∈Z ~gν ∗ θν , where θ is as in the atomic

decomposition theorem [FJW, Lemma 5.12], which implies ~g =∑

ν∈Z lϕν θν = l · 1and so g = l . Observe that ~g ∈ B−α∞

p′ ({A−1Q }):

‖g‖B−α∞p′ ({A−1

Q }) = supν∈Z

2−να‖g ∗ ϕν‖Lp′ ({A−1Q },ν) ≤ c ‖l‖.

Thus, the functional l ∈[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗

can be associated with ~g ∈ B−α∞p′ ({A−1

Q })and l(~f ) = (~f,~g ). This completes the proof. ¥

Summarizing the results of the previous two sections we get the following embed-

dings of B -spaces:

98

Page 106: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Corollary 7.24 Let W be a matrix weight and {AQ}Q its reducing operators. Let

α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞. Then

[Bαq

p (W )]∗ (1)

⊆[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗ (2)

⊆ B−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q })(3)

⊆ B−αq′p′ ({A#

Q})

(4)

⊆ B−αq′p′ (W−p′/p), (7.34)

where

(1) holds if W is doubling of order p, 1 < p < ∞,

(2) holds if W is doubling of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞,

(3) holds if W ∈ Ap , 1 < p < ∞,

(4) holds if W−p′/p is doubling of order p′ , 1 < p < ∞.

Also,

[Bαq

p (W )]∗ (1∗)⊇

[Bαq

p ({AQ})]∗ (2∗)⊇ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q })

(3∗)⊇ B−αq′

p′ ({A#Q})

(4∗)⊇ B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p), (7.35)

where

(1∗ ) holds if W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3),

(2∗ ) holds if W is doubling of order p, 1 ≤ p < ∞,

(3∗ ) holds for any matrix weight W ,

(4∗ ) holds if W−p′/p satisfies any of (A1)-(A3).

In terms of a matrix weight W only, (7.34) and (7.35) are

[Bαq

p (W )]∗⊆ B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p) if W ∈ Ap, 1 < p < ∞

99

Page 107: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

and

[Bαq

p (W )]∗⊇ B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p) if W, W−p′/p satisfy any of (A1)-(A3).

In particular, if W ∈ Ap (and so W−p′/p ∈ Ap′ ), then[Bαq

p (W )]∗

≈B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p), otherwise, (W still satisfies any of (A1)-(A3), or otherwise there

is a dependance on ϕ)[Bαq

p (W )]∗≈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }), which completes the proof of

Theorem 1.15.

7.7 Application of Duality

In this section we will study T ∗ψ and S∗ϕ and we will briefly show how duality can be

used to prove boundedness of operators Tψ and Sϕ . Recall that Tψ : bαqp (W ) −→

Bαqp (W ) by

s = {~sQ}Q 7−→∑Q

~sQ ψQ.

Moreover, Tψ is bounded if W is a doubling matrix of order p .

Let ~sQ ∈ bαqp (W ) and ~g ∈ Bαq

p (W ). Then

(~s, T ∗ψ~g) = (Tψ~s,~g) = (

∑Q

~sQ ψQ, ~g) =

∫ ⟨∑Q

~sQ ψQ(x), ~g(x)

H

dx

=∑Q

⟨~sQ,

∫ψQ(x)~g(x) dx

H=

∑Q

〈 ~sQ, (~g, ψQ)〉H =∑Q

〈 ~sQ, Sψ~g〉H = (~s, Sψ~g).

Therefore, T ∗ψ = Sψ and, similarly, S∗ϕ = Tϕ . So we have

T ∗ψ :

[Bαq

p (W )]∗−→

[bαqp (W )

]∗

or, another words,

Sψ : B−αq′p′ (W−p′/p) −→ b−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p),

and so Sψ is bounded if W ∈ Ap . Reformulating this by changing indices, we get

that under the Ap condition the following operators are bounded:

T ∗ψ :

[B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p)]∗−→

[b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p)

]∗

100

Page 108: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

or

Sψ : Bαqp (W ) −→ bαq

p (W ).

(This is another proof of Theorem 1.4.)

101

Page 109: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 8

Inhomogeneous Besov Spaces

8.1 Norm equivalence

In this section we discuss the inhomogeneous spaces. Before we define the vector-

valued inhomogeneous Besov space Bαqp (W ) with matrix weight W , we introduce a

class of functions A(I) with properties similar to those of an admissible kernel: we say

Φ ∈ A(I) if Φ ∈ S(Rn), supp Φ ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : |ξ| ≤ 2} and |Φ(ξ)| ≥ c > 0 if |ξ| ≤ 5

3.

Definition 8.1 (Inhomogeneous matrix-weighted Besov space Bαqp (W ))

For α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞, W a matrix weight, ϕ ∈ A and Φ ∈ A(I) ,

we define the Besov space Bαqp (W ) as the collection of all vector-valued distributions

~f = (f1, ..., fm)T with fi ∈ S ′(Rn), 1 ≤ i ≤ m, such that

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

=∥∥∥Φ ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp(W )

+

∥∥∥∥∥{

2να∥∥∥ϕν ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp(W )

}

ν≥1

∥∥∥∥∥lq

< ∞.

Note that now we consider all vector-valued distributions in S ′(Rn) (rather than

S ′/P as in the homogeneous case), since Φ(0) 6= 0.

The corresponding inhomogeneous weighted sequence Besov space bαqp (W ) is de-

fined for the vector sequences enumerated by the dyadic cubes Q with l(Q) ≤ 1.

102

Page 110: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Definition 8.2 (Inhomogeneous weighted sequence Besov space bαqp (W ))

For α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and W a matrix weight, the space bαqp (W )

consists of all vector-valued sequences ~s = {~sQ}l(Q)≤1 such that

‖~s ‖bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

ν≥1

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

< ∞.

Following [FJ2], given ϕ ∈ A and Φ ∈ A(I) , we select ψ ∈ A and Ψ ∈ A(I) such

that

ˆΦ(ξ) · Ψ(ξ) +∑ν≥1

ˆϕ(2−νξ) · ψ(2−νξ) = 1 for all ξ, (8.1)

where Φ(x) = Φ(−x). Analogously to the ϕ-transform decomposition (2.2), we have

the identity for f ∈ S ′(Rn)

f =∑

l(Q)=1

〈f, ΦQ〉ΨQ +∞∑

ν=1

l(Q)=2−ν

〈f, ϕQ〉ψQ, (8.2)

where ΦQ(x) = |Q|−1/2Φ(2νx− k) for Q = Qνk and ΨQ is defined similarly.

For each ~f with fi ∈ S ′(Rn) we define the inhomogeneous ϕ-transform S(I)ϕ :

Bαqp (W ) −→ bαq

p (W ) by setting (S(I)ϕ

~f )Q =⟨

~f, ϕQ

⟩if l(Q) < 1, and (S(I)

ϕ~f )Q =

⟨~f, ΦQ

⟩if l(Q) = 1.

The inverse inhomogeneous ϕ-transform T(I)ψ is the map taking a sequence

s = {sQ}l(Q)≤1 to T(I)ψ s =

l(Q)=1

sQΨQ +∑

l(Q)<1

sQψQ . In the vector case, T(I)ψ ~s =

l(Q)=1

~sQΨQ +∑

l(Q)<1

~sQψQ . By (8.2), T(I)ψ ◦ S

(I)ϕ is the identity on S ′(Rn).

Next we show that the relation between Bαqp (W ) and bαq

p (W ) is the same as for

the homogeneous spaces.

103

Page 111: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Theorem 8.3 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞, and let W satisfy any of

(A1)-(A3). Then

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp (W )

≈∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

l(Q)≤1

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

. (8.3)

Before we outline the proof we need to adjust the notation of smooth molecules for

the inhomogeneous case. Define a family of smooth molecules {mQ}l(Q)≤1 for Bαqp (W )

as a collection of functions with the properties:

1. for dyadic Q with l(Q) < 1, each mQ is a smooth (δ,M,N)-molecule with

(M.i)-(M.iii) as for the homogeneous space Bαqp (W ) (see Section 4.1);

2. for dyadic Q with l(Q) = 1, each mQ (sometimes we denote it as MQ to

emphasize the difference) satisfies (M3), (M4) and a modification of (M2) (which

makes it a particular case of (M3) when γ = 0):

(M2∗ ) |mQ(x)| ≤ |Q|−1/2

(1 +

|x− xQ|l(Q)

)−M

.

Note that MQ does not necessarily have vanishing moments. Now one direction of

the norm equivalence (8.3) comes from the modified version of Theorem 4.2:

Theorem 8.4 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and W be a doubling matrix

weight of order p. Suppose {mQ}l(Q)≤1 is a family of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ).

Then∥∥∥∥∥∥

l(Q)≤1

~sQ mQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

≤ c ‖{~sQ}l(Q)≤1‖bαqp (W ). (8.4)

Sketch of the proof. We have∥∥∥∥∥∥

l(Q)≤1

~sQ mQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)≤1

~sQ (Φ ∗mQ)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

104

Page 112: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

+

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)≤1

~sQ (ϕν ∗mQ)

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

ν≥1

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

= I + II.

As in Theorem 4.2, which uses the convolution estimates (4.2) and (4.3), we need

similar inequalities for modified molecules (the proofs are routine applications of

Lemmas B.1 and B.2 from [FJ2]):

if l(Q) = 1, then

|Φ ∗MQ(x)| ≤ c (1 + |x− xQ|)−M , (8.5)

if l(Q) = 2−µ , µ ≥ 1, then for some σ > J − α

|Φ ∗mQ(x)| ≤ c |Q|− 12 2−µσ (1 + |x− xQ|)−M , (8.6)

if ν ≥ 1 and l(Q) = 1, then for some τ > α

|ϕν ∗MQ(x)| ≤ c 2−ντ (1 + |x− xQ|)−M , (8.7)

if ν ≥ 1 and l(Q) < 1, the estimate of |(ϕν ∗mQ)(x)| comes from either (4.2)

or (4.3).

To estimate I we use (8.5) and (8.6) (note that (8.5) is a special case of (8.6) for

µ = 0) and follow the steps of Theorem 1.10 by using Holder’s inequality twice to

bring the pth power inside of the sum, and the Squeeze and the Summation Lemmas

from Section 4.1 (it is essential that σ > J − α for convergence purposes) to get

I ≤ c ‖{~sQ}l(Q)≤1‖bαqp (W ).

The second term II is also estimated by ‖{~sQ}l(Q)≤1‖bαqp (W ) , which is obtained by

exact repetition of the proof of Theorem 4.2, only restricting the sum over µ ∈ Z to

105

Page 113: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

the sum over µ ≥ 0. Also note that (8.7) is a particular case of (4.3) when µ = 0

and, thus, l(Q) = 1. Therefore, (8.4) is proved. ¥

In particular, since Φ and Ψ generate families of smooth molecules for Bαqp (W ),

we get∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

l(Q)≤1

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

,

which gives one direction of the norm equivalence (8.3). To show the other direction,

i.e., that the (inhomogeneous) ϕ-transform is bounded, we simply observe that Φ∗ ~f ∈E0 , which is true since

(Φ ∗ ~f

)∧i∈ S ′ and supp ˆΦ ⊆ {ξ ∈ Rn : |ξ| ≤ 2} . Hence,

Lemmas 4.12 and 4.14 apply to ~g = Φ ∗ ~f as stated. We have

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

l(Q)≤1

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≈∥∥∥∥∥

k∈Zn

(Φ ∗ ~f

)(k) χQ0k

∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

+

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12 χQ

⟨~f, ϕQ

⟩∥∥∥∥∥∥

Lp(W )

ν≥1

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

= I + II.

Using Φ ∗ ~f ∈ E0 and repeating the proof of Theorem 4.15 for both terms (in the

second term we take the lq norm only over ν ∈ N), we get the desired estimate:

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

l(Q)≤1

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≤ c∥∥∥~f

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W ).

Note that as a consequence we also get independence of Bαqp (W ) from the choices of

Φ and ϕ .

8.2 Almost diagonality and Calderon-Zygmund

Operators

Now we will briefly discuss operators on the inhomogeneous spaces. An almost diag-

onal matrix on bαqp (W ) is the matrix A = (aQP )l(Q),l(P )≤1 whose entries satisfy (5.1),

106

Page 114: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

i.e., |aQP | is bounded by (5.1) only for dyadic Q,P with l(Q), l(P ) ≤ 1. Such a

matrix A is a bounded operator on bαqp (W ) for the following reasons: let ~s ∈ bαq

p (W )

and then define ~s = {~sQ}Q∈D by setting ~sQ = ~sQ if l(Q) ≤ 1 and ~sQ = 0 if l(Q) > 1.

Note that ~s is a restriction of ~s on bαqp (W ). Also set A = (aQP )Q,P∈D putting

aQP = aQP if l(Q), l(P ) ≤ 1 and aQP = 0 otherwise. Then

‖A~s ‖bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

l(P )≤1

aQP~sP

l(Q)≤1

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

{ ∑

P dyadic

aQP~sP

}

Q

∥∥∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

≤ c∥∥∥~s

∥∥∥bαqp (W )

,

by Theorem 1.10. By the construction, ‖~s ‖bαqp (W ) = ‖~s ‖bαq

p (W ) , and so we get bound-

edness of A on bαqp (W ).

It is easy to see that the class of almost diagonal matrices on bαqp (W ) is closed

under composition. The same statements (boundedness and being closed under com-

position) are true for the corresponding almost diagonal operators on Bαqp (W ) by

combining the norm equivalence (8.3) and the above results about almost diagonal

matrices on bαqp (W ). For Calderon-Zygmund operators on inhomogeneous matrix-

weighted Besov spaces, some minor notational changes should be made. The collec-

tion of smooth N -atoms {aQ}Q∈D in the homogeneous case ought to be replaced by

the set of atoms {aQ}l(Q)<1∪{AQ}l(Q)=1 , where the aQ ’s have the same properties as

before and the AQ ’s are such that supp AQ ⊆ 3Q and |DγAQ(x)| ≤ 1 for γ ∈ Zn+ .

This leads to a slight change of the smooth atomic decomposition (see [FJ2, p. 132]):

f =∑

l(Q)<1

sQ aQ +∑

l(Q)=1

sQ AQ.

With these adjustments, all corresponding statements about CZOs hold with essen-

tially the same formulations for the inhomogeneous spaces.

107

Page 115: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

8.3 Duality

Let RS(I) be the collection of all sequences {AQ}l(Q)≤1 of positive-definite operators

on H . Similar to the homogeneous case, we introduce the averaging space bαqp ({AQ}).

Definition 8.5 (Inhomogeneous averaging matrix-weighted sequence

Besov space bαqp ({AQ}).) For α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ and

{AQ}l(Q)≤1 ∈ RS(I) , let

bαqp ({AQ}) =

{~s =

{{~sQ}l(Q)≤1

}:

‖~s ‖bαqp ({AQ}) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

l(Q)=2−ν

|Q|− 12~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp({AQ},ν)

ν≥0

∥∥∥∥∥∥∥lq

< ∞

.

Let ~s ∈ bαqp (W ). Define ~s = {~sQ}Q∈D as in the previous section. Applying (1.10),

we get

‖~s ‖bαqp (W ) =

∥∥∥~s∥∥∥

bαqp (W )

≈∥∥∥~s

∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

= ‖~s ‖bαqp ({AQ}) ,

which proves the following proposition.

Proposition 8.6 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and let W be a matrix weight

with reducing operators {AQ}Q . Then

bαqp (W ) ≈ bαq

p ({AQ}),

in the sense of the norm equivalence.

Note that it’s enough to consider reducing operators AQ generated by a matrix weight

W only for dyadic cubes of side length l(Q) ≤ 1, i.e., {AQ}l(Q)≤1 .

Now we establish the duality.

108

Page 116: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Theorem 8.7 Let α ∈ R, 1 ≤ p < ∞, 0 < q < ∞ and let W be a matrix weight

with reducing operators {AQ}l(Q)≤1 . Then

[bαqp (W )

]∗ ≈ b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }).

Moreover, if W ∈ Ap , 1 < p < ∞, then

[bαqp (W )

]∗ ≈ b−αq′p′ (W−p′/p).

To prove this theorem, one can simply repeat the arguments from Section 7.2

with proper adjustments (for example, consider sums on ν taken only over ν ≥ 0).

However, we would like to give a simple proof for the embedding

[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗ ⊆ b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }).

Proof. Let l ∈ [bαqp ({AQ})

]∗. Let P be the projection from bαq

p ({AQ}) to bαqp ({AQ})

defined by restricting a sequence {~sQ}Q∈D to {~sQ}l(Q)≤1 . Set l by l(~s ) = l(P~s ) for

each ~s ∈ bαqp ({AQ}). Then l ∈

[bαqp ({AQ})

]∗, since

|l(~s )| = |l(P~s )| ≤ ‖l‖ ‖P~s ‖bαqp ({AQ}) ≤ ‖l‖ ‖~s ‖bαq

p ({AQ}).

Then by Lemma 7.3 (or, equivalently, by (7.6)), l is represented by ~t ∈ b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q })such that l(~s ) = (~s, ~t ) and ‖~t ‖

b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ≤ ‖l‖ ≤ ‖l‖ . Let ~t = P~t . For ~s ∈bαqp ({AQ}) define ~s ∈ bαq

p ({AQ}) as above (i.e., P~s = ~s ). Then

l(~s ) = l(~s ) = (~s, ~t ) =∑

l(Q)≤1

~sQ~tQ +

l(Q)>1

~sQ~tQ =

l(Q)≤1

~sQ~tQ = (~s,~t ),

since ~sQ = 0 for l(Q) > 1. Moreover, ‖~t ‖b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ≤ ‖~t ‖b−αq′p′ ({A−1

Q }) ≤ ‖l‖ . ¥

Analogously, we introduce the averaging space Bαqp ({AQ}).

Definition 8.8 (Averaging matrix-weighted Besov space Bαqp ({AQ})) For

α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞, ϕ ∈ A, Φ ∈ A(I) and {AQ}l(Q)≤1 ∈ RS(I) , let

Bαqp ({AQ}) =

{~f = (f1, ..., fm)T with fi ∈ S ′(Rn), 1 ≤ i ≤ m :

109

Page 117: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp ({AQ})

=∥∥∥Φ ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp({AQ},0)

+

∥∥∥∥∥{

2να∥∥∥ϕν ∗ ~f

∥∥∥Lp({AQ},ν)

}

ν≥1

∥∥∥∥∥lq

< ∞}

.

Now the remaining results from Sections 7.3, 7.4 and 7.6 transfer easily to the

inhomogeneous Besov spaces by using the properties (discussed earlier in this section)

such as replacing a family {ϕν}ν∈Z with {ϕν}ν∈N∪Φ; observing that Φ ∗ ~f ∈ E0 and

summing over ν ≥ 0 (or l(Q) ≤ 1) in all sums. In particular, we get

Theorem 8.9 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞ and let {AQ}l(Q)≤1 be a doubling

sequence (of order p). Then for ~sQ(~f ) =⟨

~f, ϕQ

∥∥∥~f∥∥∥

Bαqp ({AQ})

≈∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

l(Q)≤1

∥∥∥∥bαqp ({AQ})

.

Corollary 8.10 The spaces Bαqp ({AQ}), Bαq

p ({A−1Q }) and B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }) are inde-

pendent of the choice of the pair of admissible kernels (ϕ, Φ), if {AQ}l(Q)≤1 is doubling

(of order p), 1 ≤ p < ∞, α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞.

Lemma 8.11 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 1 ≤ p < ∞. If W satisfies any of

(A1)-(A3) and {AQ}l(Q)≤1 is a sequence of reducing operators generated by W , then

Bαqp (W ) ≈ Bαq

p ({AQ}).

Theorem 8.12 Let α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞ and let {AQ}l(Q)≤1 be reducing

operators of a matrix weight W . If W ∈ Ap , 1 < p < ∞, then

[Bαq

p (W )]∗ ≈ B−αq′

p′ (W−p′/p).

If W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3), then

[Bαq

p (W )]∗ ≈ B−αq′

p′ ({A−1Q }).

Thus, all results obtained for the matrix-weighted homogeneous Besov spaces are

essentially the same for the inhomogeneous case.

110

Page 118: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 9

Weighted Triebel-Lizorkin Spaces

9.1 Motivation

The study in this chapter was stimulated by the question posed by A. Volberg in [V].

He proved that if W ∈ Ap , 1 < p < ∞ , then the following equivalence takes place

∥∥∥∥{

sQ

(~f)}

Q

∥∥∥∥f02

p (W )

≈∥∥∥∥{

sQ

(~f)}

Q

∥∥∥∥f02

p ({AQ}), (9.1)

where sQ(~f ) =⟨

~f, hQ

⟩with {hQ}Q being the well-known Haar system and {AQ}Q

the reducing operators for W . Moreover, he pointed out that the equivalence does not

necessarily require W ∈ Ap . For example, it holds always for p = 2. He conjectured

that for p ≥ 2, the condition on the metric ρ generated by W , which is similar to a

scalar A∞ condition, ρ ∈ Ap,∞ might be sufficient. The criterion for (9.1) was asked.

In the light of our studies of function spaces, we rephrase (and partially answer)

the question of Volberg in familiar terms: what conditions on W are needed for the

equivalence below to hold?

∥∥∥{~sQ}Q

∥∥∥fαq

p (W )≈

∥∥∥{~sQ}Q

∥∥∥fαq

p ({AQ})(9.2)

Our main result of this chapter deals with scalar weights and the matrix case is

left for future research. We show in Theorem 9.3 that if a scalar weight w ∈ A∞ , then

111

Page 119: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

(9.2) holds for α ∈ R , 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 0 < p < ∞ . Furthermore, by using the result of

Frazier and Jawerth (see [FJ2, Proposition 10.14]), we connect the reducing operators

sequence space fαqp ({wQ}) with the continuous Triebel-Lizorkin space Fαq

p (w), and

therefore, obtain the following norm equivalence

‖f‖F αqp (w) ≈ ‖{〈f, ϕQ〉}Q‖fαq

p ({wQ}).

9.2 Equivalence of fαqp (w) and fαq

p ({wQ})

Before we prove the main result, we establish two lemmas for the weighted and

unweighted maximal functions. Denote wQ = 1|Q|

∫Q

w(x) dx .

Lemma 9.1 Let EQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) ≤ 2wQ}. If w ∈ A∞ , then Mw(χEQ) ≥ c χQ .

Proof. Using the definition of the maximal function, for x ∈ Q we have

Mw(χEQ)(x) = sup

I:x∈I

1

w(I)

I

χEQ(y)w(y) dy ≥ 1

w(Q)

Q

χEQ(y)w(y) dy =

w(EQ)

w(Q).

The condition w ∈ A∞ implies thatw(EQ)

w(Q)≥ c

( |EQ||Q|

for some β > 0. Since

EQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) ≤ 2wQ} , the compliment EcQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) > 2wQ} . This

gives us the following chain of inequalities:

w(Q) =

Q

w(x) dx ≥∫

EcQ

w(x) dx >

EcQ

2wQ dx = 2wQ|EcQ|.

In other words, |Q|wQ = w(Q) > 2wQ|EcQ| , or |Q| > 2|Ec

Q| , which implies |EQ| >

12|Q| . Hence, for x ∈ Q we have

Mw(χEQ)(x) ≥ c

(1

2

= c′ χQ(x),

which finishes the proof. ¥

112

Page 120: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Lemma 9.2 There exists 0 < δ < 1 such that if EQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) ≥ δ wQ} and

w ∈ A∞ , then M(χEQ) ≥ c χQ .

Proof. The proof goes similarly to the proof of the first lemma except we will

apply the A∞ condition in a slightly different way. If x ∈ Q , then

M(χEQ)(x) = sup

I:x∈I

1

|I|∫

I

χEQ(y) dy ≥ 1

|Q|∫

Q

χEQ(y) dy ≥ |EQ|

|Q| .

Considering the compliment of EQ , we have EcQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) < δ wQ} . Then,

w(EcQ) =

EcQ

w(x) dx <

EcQ

δ wQ dx ≤ δ wQ

Q

dx = δ wQ|Q| = δ w(Q).

So w(EcQ) ≤ δ w(Q) implies w(EQ) ≥ (1− δ) w(Q). Since w ∈ A∞ and

w(EcQ)

w(Q)≤ δ ,

there exists ε < 1 such that|Ec

Q||Q| ≤ ε or

|EQ||Q| ≥ 1 − ε . Hence, for x ∈ Q we have

M(χEQ)(x) ≥ (1− ε), or

M(χEQ)(x) ≥ (1− ε)χQ(x).

¥

Theorem 9.3 Suppose w ∈ A∞ and let α ∈ R, 0 < q ≤ ∞ and 0 < p < ∞. Then

‖{sQ}Q‖fαqp ({wQ}) ≈ ‖{sQ}Q‖fαq

p (w).

Moreover, if f ∈ Fαqp (w), then for sQ(f) = 〈f, ϕQ〉,

‖f‖F αqp (w) ≈ ‖{sQ(f)}Q‖fαq

p ({wQ}). (9.3)

Proof. By definition,

‖{sQ(f)}Q‖fαqp (w) =

∥∥∥∥∥∥

(∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|wχQ)q

)1/q∥∥∥∥∥∥

Lp

.

113

Page 121: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

We need to show that the last norm is equivalent to

∥∥∥∥{

sQ · w1/pQ

}Q

∥∥∥∥fαq

p

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥

(∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|w1/pQ χQ)q

)1/q∥∥∥∥∥∥

Lp

.

Let EQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) ≤ 2wQ} . Choose A > 0 such that p/A > 1 and q/A > 1.

By Lemma 9.1, χQ(x) ≤ c(Mw(χA

EQ)(x)

)1/A

. Therefore,

‖{sQ}Q‖fαqp (w) =

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|χQ(x))q

]p/q

w(x) dx

1/p

≤ c

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 1

2−α

n |sQ|(Mw(χA

EQ)(x)

)1/A)q

]p/q

w(x) dx

1/p

≤ c

∫ [∑Q

(Mw(|Q|− 1

2−α

n |sQ|χEQ(x))A

)q/A]p/q

w(x) dx

1/p

≤ c

∥∥∥∥∥∥

[∑Q

(Mw(|Q|− 1

2−α

n |sQ|χEQ)A(x)

)q/A]A/q

∥∥∥∥∥∥

1/A

Lp/A(w)

.

Since w is a doubling measure and the weighted maximal function Mw satisfies the

vector-valued maximal inequality (see [St1] or [St2]), the last expression is bounded

above by

cp,q

∥∥∥∥∥∥

[∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|χEQ)q

]A/q∥∥∥∥∥∥

1/A

Lp/A(w)

= cp,q

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|χEQ(x)w1/p(x))q

]p/q

dx

1/p

≤ 21/pcp,q

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|w1/pQ χEQ

(x))q

]p/q

dx

1/p

≤ c

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|w1/pQ χQ(x))q

]p/q

dx

1/p

= c

∥∥∥∥{

sQw1/pQ

}Q

∥∥∥∥fαq

p

.

In the last inequality we used EQ ⊆ Q .

114

Page 122: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

For the opposite direction, set EQ = {x ∈ Q : w(x) ≥ δwQ} and again choose

A > 0 such that p/A > 1 and q/A > 1. Then by Lemma 9.2,

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|w1/pQ χQ(x))q

]p/q

dx

1/p

≤ c

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|w1/pQ M(χA

EQ)(x))q

]p/q

dx

1/p

= c

∫ [∑Q

(M(|Q|− 1

2−α

n |sQ|w1/pQ χEQ

(x))A)q/A

]p/q

dx

1/p

≤ δ1/pc

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|w1/p(x)χEQ(x))q

]p/q

dx

1/p

≤ c

∫ [∑Q

(|Q|− 12−α

n |sQ|χQ(x))q

]p/q

w(x) dx

1/p

= c ‖{sQ}Q‖fαqp (w) .

It is easy to show the second assertion. By [FJ1, Proposition 10.14]

‖f‖F αqp (w) ≈ ‖{sQ(f)}Q‖fαq

p (w).

Combining this equivalence with the first result, we get (9.3). The proof is complete.

¥

115

Page 123: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

CHAPTER 10

Open Questions

1. In the unweighted theory of function spaces, special cases of the Besov and

Triebel-Lizorkin spaces are the Lebesgue spaces: e.g. B022 = L2 and F 02

p = Lp ,

1 < p < +∞ . In the scalar weighted situation it is known that B022 (w) = L2(w)

and F 02p (w) = Lp(w) if and only if w ∈ Ap . In the matrix case it is expected that

the Ap condition is the minimal condition on W needed for this equivalence

to hold. Using vector-valued square function operators might be one of the

approaches to this problem.

2. The crucial step for our theory of Besov spaces is the norm equivalence between

continuous Bαqp (W ) and discrete bαq

p (W ) spaces. We were able to show that it

holds for any doubling matrix weights if the order p is greater than the doubling

exponent of W . In the special case of diagonal matrices (equivalently, in the

scalar case) this restriction is removed. A conjecture is that the equivalence

holds for any doubling matrix weight W .

3. One major goal is to answer the same “equivalence of norms” questions for

the matrix-weighted Triebel-Lizorkin spaces Fαqp (W ) and fαq

p (W ). The scalar

weighted case is known (see [FJ2], [FJW]) and the matrix-weighted case is to

116

Page 124: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

be studied. This will also lead to the question of the boundedness of singular

integral operators on Fαqp (W ). Possible approaches include a variation of the

exponential type estimates used in the Besov space case or Volberg’s factoriza-

tion method mentioned in the introduction.

4. All previous research was done on function spaces with the parameter p being

between 1 and ∞ , quite often not including the end point p = 1, which requires

more careful consideration. Moreover, this raises the question of matrix “A1”

weights and their factorization, and whether this can be developed further into

an extrapolation theory of matrix-weighted distribution spaces (similar to Rubio

de Francia results in scalar case). Furthermore, it would be interesting to study

a case when 0 < p < 1. Nothing is known in this area, except for certain scalar

cases.

5. The motivation for the norm equivalence studied above came from the fact

that ‖~f ‖Lp(W ) ≈ ‖{< ~f, hI >}I‖f02p (W ) , where {hI}I is a Haar system and

{< ~f, hI >}I constitutes a sequence of the Haar coefficients of ~f . Recall that

we obtained the norm equivalence when the generators of the expansion (either

the ϕ-transform or wavelet functions) have some degree of smoothness. This

property is lacking for the Haar system. Nevertheless, the Haar system is widely

used in applications. This creates the open question (for ceirtain indices α , q ,

p) of the norm equivalence between continuous and discrete function spaces

with the Haar coefficients.

6. A very difficult problem of modern Fourier analysis is to obtain weighted norm

inequalities on the function spaces (at least on Lp spaces) with different weights.

Complete answers to the scalar two-weight problem is known only for the Hardy-

117

Page 125: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Littlewood maximal function (by Muckenhoupt and Wheeden in [MW] and by

Sawyer in [Sa]). For the Hilbert Transform the necessary condition is given by

Muckenhoupt and Wheeden and the dyadic version is studied by Nazarov, Treil

and Volberg in [NTV]. Furthermore, the necessary and sufficient conditions for

the case p = 2 are obtained by Cotlar and Sadosky in [CS]. Since the Lebesgue

spaces are special cases of Besov and Triebel-Lizorkin function spaces, the same

two-weight questions should be asked in the light of Littlewood-Paley theory.

The hope is to consider at least the scalar case and to obtain the conditions

on the two weights for the boundedness of the ϕ-transform, almost diagonal

operators, maximal function operators (such as Peetre’s maximal operator), the

Hilbert Transform and possibly other singular integral operators.

118

Page 126: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Appendix A

Density and convergence

Define S0 = {f ∈ S : 0 /∈ supp f} . Observe that ψ ∈ A implies ψ, ψν , ψQ ∈ S0 for

ν ∈ Z and Q dyadic.

Lemma A.1 Let f ∈ S0 . Then fN :=∑

|ν|≤N

ϕν ∗ ψν ∗ f =∑

|ν|≤N

〈f, ϕQνk〉 ψQνk

con-

verges to f in the S -topology as N →∞.

Proof. For ν ∈ Z , define f(ν) = ϕν ∗ ψν ∗ f =∑

Q∈Qν

〈f, ϕQ〉ψQ . Then f(ν)(ξ) =

ˆϕν(ξ)ψν(ξ)f(ξ) and ϕν , ψν , f ∈ S0 =⇒ f(ν) ∈ S0 . Observe another fact: since f ∈ S0 ,

there exists N0 ∈ N large such that f =∞∑

ν=−N0

f(ν) . Indeed, 0 /∈ supp f implies that

f(x) = 0 if |x| ≤ 2−N0 for some N0 > 0. Thus, for large N , fN =N∑

ν=−N0

f(ν) =

∑ν≤N

f(ν) .

To prove the lemma, it suffices to show that ργ(fN − f) → 0 as N →∞ . Denote

mN(ξ) = 1−N∑

ν=−N0

ˆϕν(ξ)ψν(ξ). Because of the support of ϕν and ψν and the mutual

property (2.1), mN(ξ) = 0 for 2−N0 < |ξ| < 2N . Moreover, 0 ≤ mN(ξ) ≤ 1 for

2N < |ξ| < 2N+1 and mN(ξ) = 1 for |ξ| ≥ 2N+1 . Using these facts, we obtain

ργ(fN − f) = sup|ξ|≥2n, |α|≤γ

(1 + |ξ|2)γ|Dα(mN f)(ξ)|

119

Page 127: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

≤ c sup|ξ|≥2N , |α|≤γ

(1 + |ξ|2)γ∑

γ1+γ2=α

|Dγ1mN(ξ)| |Dγ2 f(ξ)|.

Observe that |Dγ1mN(ξ)| ∼ 1/|ξ| |γ1| if |ξ| ∼ 2N and that f ∈ S implies |Dγ2 f(ξ)| ≤cL

(1 + |ξ|)L+|γ2| for any L > 0. Take L > 2γ . Then

ργ(fN − f) ≤ cL sup|ξ|≥2N , |α|≤γ

∑γ1+γ2=α

(1 + |ξ|)2γ

(1 + |ξ|)|γ1| (1 + |ξ|)L+|γ2| ≤cL

(1 + 2N)L−2γ−→N→∞

0.

Thus, fN −→N→∞

f in S -topology. ¥

Lemma A.2 Let f ∈ S0 and fix ν ∈ Z. Then∑

|k|≤M

〈f, ϕQνk〉 ψQνk

converges to

fν = ϕν ∗ ψν ∗ f =∑

k∈Zn

〈f, ϕQνk〉 ψQνk

in S -topology as M →∞.

Proof. Denote fν,M =∑

k≤M

〈f, ϕQνk〉ψQνk

. Obviously, fν,M ∈ S0 . Then

ργ(fν,M − fν) = supx∈Rn, |α|≤γ

(1 + |x|2)γ |Dα(fν,M − fν)(x)|

= supx∈Rn, |α|≤γ

(1 + |x|2)γ

∣∣∣∣∣Dα

k>M

〈f, ϕQ〉ψQ(x)

∣∣∣∣∣ .

Observe that we can bring Dα inside of the sum. (A similar argument as below proves

this claim.) Then

ργ(fν,M − fν) ≤ supx∈Rn, |α|≤γ

(1 + |x|)2γ∑

|k|>M

|ϕν ∗ f(2−νk)| |Dα(ψ(2νx− k))|

(A.1)

Choose L1 > 2γ − |α| , L2 > 2γ + n and L3 > max(L1, γ). Using properties of Sfunctions, we have

|Dα (ψ(2νx− k))| = 2ν|α| |(Dαψ) (2νx− k)| ≤ cL1,α 2ν|α|

(1 + |2νx− k|)L1+|α| .

Applying the convolution estimates (4.2) and (4.3), we bound (ϕν ∗ f)(k):

|(ϕν ∗ f)(k)| ≤ cL2 2−|ν|L3

(1 + |k|)L2.

120

Page 128: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

Substituting the above estimates into (A.1), we obtain

ργ(fν,M − fν) ≤ supx∈Rn,|α|≤γ

|k|>M

cL1,L2,α (1 + |x|)2γ 2ν|α|−|ν|L3

(1 + |k|)L2 (1 + |2νx− k|)L1+|α|

≤ cL1,L2,α

(sup

x∈Rn,|α|≤γ

(1 + |x|)2γ 2ν|α|−|ν|L3

(1 + 2ν |x|)L1+|α|

) ∑

|k|>M

1

(1 + |k|)L2−2γ,

by using (1+2ν |x|) ≤ (1+ |2νx−k|) (1+ |k|). The supremum on x and α is bounded

by cν = 2ν(γ−L3)χ{ν≥0} + 2ν(L3−L1)χ{ν<0} , since L1 > 2γ − |α| . Thus, we get

ργ(fν,M − fν) ≤ cL1,L2,γ cν

|k|>M

1

(1 + |k|)L2−2γ−→ 0 as M −→∞

as a tail of a convergent series, since L2−2γ > n . Thus, fν,M −→M→∞

fν in S -topology.

¥

Remark A.3 If T is a continuous linear operator from S into S ′ and f ∈ S0 , then

Tf =∑

ν∈ZT (ϕν ∗ ψν ∗ f) =

ν∈Z

k∈Zn

〈f, ϕQνk〉TψQνk

=∑Q

〈f, ϕQ〉TψQ.

Lemma A.4 S0 is dense in Bαqp (W ) for α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞, 1 ≤ p < ∞ and if W

satisfies any of (A1)-(A3).

Proof. Let ~f ∈ Bαqp (W ). For N ∈ N denote ~f N =

N∑ν=−N

∑Q∈Qν

⟨~f, ϕQ

⟩ψQ . Then

by Corollary 4.6

∥∥∥~f − ~f N∥∥∥

q

Bαqp (W )

=

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

|ν|>N

∑Q∈Qν

~sQ

(~f)∥∥∥∥∥∥

q

Bαqp (W )

≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQ

(~f)}

Q∈Qν ,|ν|>N

∥∥∥∥q

bαqp (W )

= c∑

|ν|>N

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|−1/2~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

q

−→N→∞

0

as a tail of the convergent series

ν∈ZAν :=

ν∈Z

2να

∥∥∥∥∥∑

Q∈Qν

|Q|−1/2~sQχQ

∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

q

= ‖{~sQ}Q‖q

bαqp (W )

(A.2)

121

Page 129: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

≤ c ‖~f ‖q

Bαqp (W )

< ∞,

if W satisfies any of (A1)-(A3) by Theorem 4.15.

As in the previous proposition for each ν ∈ Z and M ∈ N define ~fν,M =∑

k≤M

⟨~f, ϕQνk

⟩ψQνk

∈ S0 and recall ~fν =∑

Q∈Qν

⟨~f, ϕQ

⟩ψQ . Note that ~f N =

|ν|≤N

~fν .

Then

∥∥∥~fν − ~fν,M

∥∥∥Bαq

p (W )≤ c

∥∥∥∥{~sQνk

(~f)}

|k|≥M

∥∥∥∥bαqp (W )

= c 2να

∥∥∥∥∥∥∑

|k|≥M

2νn/2~sQνkχQνk

∥∥∥∥∥∥Lp(W )

= c 2να

|k|≥M

2νnp/2

Qνk

‖W 1/p(t)~sQνk‖p dt

1/p

−→M→∞

0

again as a tail of the convergent series∑

|k|∈Zn

2νnp/2

Qνk

‖W 1/p(t)~sQνk‖p dt =

(2−ναA1/qν )p < ∞ , since each Aν < ∞ (see (A.2)). Thus, each ~f ∈ Bαq

p (W ) is a

limit (in Bαqp (W )-norm) of S0 functions and so S0 is a dense subset of Bαq

p (W ).

¥

Proposition A.5 S0 is dense in Bαqp ({AQ}) if {AQ}Q is doubling of order p, 1 ≤

p < ∞ and α ∈ R, 0 < q < ∞.

Proof. Repeat the previous proof with W replaced by {AQ}Q and refer to

Lemma 7.7 instead of Corollary 4.6 and to Lemma 7.5 instead of Theorem 4.15. Both

require {AQ}Q to be only doubling. ¥

122

Page 130: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

BIBLIOGRAPHY

123

Page 131: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

BIBLIOGRAPHY

[CG] M. Christ and M. Goldberg, Vector A2 weights and a Hardy-Littlewood

Maximal Function, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., v. 353, no. 5, pp. 1995-2002, 2001.

[CS] M. Cotlar and C. Sadosky, On the Helson-Szego Theorem and a Related

Class of Modified Toeplitz Kernels, Harmonic Analysis in Euclidean Spaces, G.

Weiss and S. Waigner, eds., vol. 1, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., no. 35, Amer.

Math. Soc., Providence, pp. 383-407, 1979.

[D] I. Daubechies, Orthonormal Bases of Compactly Supported Wavelets, Comm.

Pure Appl. Math, v. 41, pp. 909-996, 1988.

[D] R. Edwards, Functional Analysis: Theory and Applications, Holt, Rinehart

and Winston, Inc., 1965.

[FJ1] M. Frazier and B. Jawerth, Decomposition of Besov Spaces, Indiana Univ.

Math. J., v. 34, pp. 777-799, 1985.

[FJ2] M. Frazier and B. Jawerth, A Discrete Transform and Decompositions of

Distribution Spaces, J. Funct. Anal., v. 93, pp. 34-170, 1990.

[FJW] M. Frazier, B. Jawerth and G. Weiss, Littlewood-Paley Theory and

Study of Function Spaces, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics, v.

79, AMS, Providence, RI, 1991.

[FM] C. Fefferman and B. Muckenhoupt, Two Nonequivalent Conditions for

Weight Functions, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., v. 45, no.1, pp. 99-104, 1974.

[FTW] M. Frazier, R. Torres and G. Weiss, The Boundedness of Calderon-

Zygmund Operators on the Spaces Fαqp (W ), Rev. Mat. Iberoamericana, v. 4,

no.1, pp. 41-72, 1988.

[Ga] J.B. Garnett, Bounded Analytic Functions, Acad. Press, NY, 1981.

124

Page 132: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

[Go] D. Goldberg, A Local Version of Real Hardy Spaces, Duke Math. J., v. 46,

pp. 27-42, 1979.

[HMW] R. Hunt, B. Muckenhoupt and R. Wheeden, Weighted Norm Inequal-

ities for Conjugate Function and Hilbert Transform, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.,

v. 176, pp. 227-251, 1973.

[LM] P.G. Lemarie and Y. Meyer, Ondelettes et bases hilbertiennes, Rev. Mat.

Iberoamericana, v. 2, pp. 1-18, 1986.

[M1] Y. Meyer, Principe D’incertitude, Bases Hilbertiennes et Algebres

D’operateurs, Seminaire Bourbaki, v. 662, pp. 1-15, 1985-1986.

[M2] Y. Meyer, Wavelets and Operators, Cambridge University Press, 1992.

[MW] B. Muckenhoupt and R. Wheeden, Two Weight Function Norm Inequal-

ities for the Hardy-Littlewood Maximal Function and the Hilbert Transform, Stu-

dia Math., v.60, pp. 279-294, 1976.

[NT] F. Nazarov, S. Treil, The Hunt for a Bellman Function: Applications to

Estimates for Singular Integral Operators and to Other Classical Problems of

Harmonic Analysis, Algebra i Analiz (in russian) 8, no. 5, pp. 32-162, 1996.

[NTV] F. Nazarov, S. Treil, A. Volberg, The Bellman Functions and Two

Weight Inequalities for Haar Multipliers, J. Amer. Math. Soc, v.12, N4, pp.

909-928, 1999.

[P] J. Peetre, New Thoughts on Besov Spaces, Duke Univ. Math. Series, Durham,

NC, 1976.

[St1] E. Stein, Singular Integrals and Differentiability Properties of Functions,

Princeton University Press, 1970.

[St2] E. Stein, Harmonic Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1993.

[Sa] E. Sawyer, A Characterization of a Two-Weight Norm Inequality for Maximal

Operators, Studia Math., v. 75, pp. 1-11, 1982.

[T] H. Triebel, Theory of Function Spaces, Monographs in Math., vol. 78,

Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, 1983.

[TV1] S. Treil, A. Volberg, Wavelets and the Angle between Past and Future, J.

Funct. Anal. 143, pp. 269-308, 1997.

125

Page 133: The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weightsroudenko/thesis.pdf · 2005. 11. 15. · The Theory of Function Spaces with Matrix Weights By Svetlana Roudenko Nazarov, Treil and

[TV2] S. Treil, A. Volberg, Continuous Frame Decomposition and Matrix Hunt-

Muckenhoupt-Wheeden Theorem, Ark. Mat. 35, pp. 363-386, 1997.

[V] A. Volberg, Matrix Ap Weights via S -functions, J. Amer. Math. Soc., v.10,

no.2, pp. 445-466, 1997.

126